blob: e761436683e2b87327b7f791023428af45042fcf [file] [log] [blame]
Nick Lewycky4b81fc872015-10-18 20:32:12 +00001//===--------------------- SemaLookup.cpp - Name Lookup ------------------===//
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements name lookup for C, C++, Objective-C, and
11// Objective-C++.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Hans Wennborgdcfba332015-10-06 23:40:43 +000014
Douglas Gregorc3a6ade2010-08-12 20:07:10 +000015#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +000016#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Richard Smithd9ba2242015-05-07 03:54:19 +000017#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h"
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +000018#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000019#include "clang/AST/Decl.h"
20#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Nick Lewyckyc3921482012-04-03 21:44:08 +000021#include "clang/AST/DeclLookups.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000022#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Douglas Gregorc9f9b862009-05-11 19:58:34 +000023#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +000024#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
Douglas Gregorbe759252009-07-08 10:57:20 +000025#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Chris Lattner15ba9492009-06-14 01:54:56 +000026#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000027#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +000028#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h"
Alp Tokerb6cc5922014-05-03 03:45:55 +000029#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h"
Richard Smith4caa4492015-05-15 02:34:32 +000030#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Chandler Carruth3a022472012-12-04 09:13:33 +000031#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
Chandler Carruth3a022472012-12-04 09:13:33 +000032#include "clang/Sema/Overload.h"
33#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
34#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
35#include "clang/Sema/Sema.h"
36#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
37#include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h"
38#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000039#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Chandler Carruth3a022472012-12-04 09:13:33 +000040#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +000041#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +000042#include "llvm/ADT/StringMap.h"
Chris Lattner83cfc7c2011-07-18 01:54:02 +000043#include "llvm/ADT/TinyPtrVector.h"
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +000044#include "llvm/ADT/edit_distance.h"
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +000045#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
Nick Lewycky13668f22012-04-03 20:26:45 +000046#include <algorithm>
47#include <iterator>
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +000048#include <limits>
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +000049#include <list>
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +000050#include <map>
Nick Lewycky13668f22012-04-03 20:26:45 +000051#include <set>
52#include <utility>
53#include <vector>
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000054
55using namespace clang;
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +000056using namespace sema;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000057
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000058namespace {
59 class UnqualUsingEntry {
60 const DeclContext *Nominated;
61 const DeclContext *CommonAncestor;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000062
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000063 public:
64 UnqualUsingEntry(const DeclContext *Nominated,
65 const DeclContext *CommonAncestor)
66 : Nominated(Nominated), CommonAncestor(CommonAncestor) {
67 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000068
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000069 const DeclContext *getCommonAncestor() const {
70 return CommonAncestor;
71 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000072
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000073 const DeclContext *getNominatedNamespace() const {
74 return Nominated;
75 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000076
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000077 // Sort by the pointer value of the common ancestor.
78 struct Comparator {
79 bool operator()(const UnqualUsingEntry &L, const UnqualUsingEntry &R) {
80 return L.getCommonAncestor() < R.getCommonAncestor();
81 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000082
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000083 bool operator()(const UnqualUsingEntry &E, const DeclContext *DC) {
84 return E.getCommonAncestor() < DC;
85 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000086
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000087 bool operator()(const DeclContext *DC, const UnqualUsingEntry &E) {
88 return DC < E.getCommonAncestor();
89 }
90 };
91 };
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000092
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000093 /// A collection of using directives, as used by C++ unqualified
94 /// lookup.
95 class UnqualUsingDirectiveSet {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +000096 typedef SmallVector<UnqualUsingEntry, 8> ListTy;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000097
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000098 ListTy list;
99 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext*, 8> visited;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000100
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000101 public:
102 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet() {}
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000103
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000104 void visitScopeChain(Scope *S, Scope *InnermostFileScope) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000105 // C++ [namespace.udir]p1:
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000106 // During unqualified name lookup, the names appear as if they
107 // were declared in the nearest enclosing namespace which contains
108 // both the using-directive and the nominated namespace.
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000109 DeclContext *InnermostFileDC = InnermostFileScope->getEntity();
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000110 assert(InnermostFileDC && InnermostFileDC->isFileContext());
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000111
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000112 for (; S; S = S->getParent()) {
Nick Lewycky2bd636f2012-03-13 04:12:34 +0000113 // C++ [namespace.udir]p1:
114 // A using-directive shall not appear in class scope, but may
115 // appear in namespace scope or in block scope.
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000116 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Nick Lewycky2bd636f2012-03-13 04:12:34 +0000117 if (Ctx && Ctx->isFileContext()) {
118 visit(Ctx, Ctx);
119 } else if (!Ctx || Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
Aaron Ballman5df6aa42014-03-17 17:03:37 +0000120 for (auto *I : S->using_directives())
121 visit(I, InnermostFileDC);
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000122 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000123 }
124 }
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000125
126 // Visits a context and collect all of its using directives
127 // recursively. Treats all using directives as if they were
128 // declared in the context.
129 //
130 // A given context is only every visited once, so it is important
131 // that contexts be visited from the inside out in order to get
132 // the effective DCs right.
133 void visit(DeclContext *DC, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +0000134 if (!visited.insert(DC).second)
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000135 return;
136
137 addUsingDirectives(DC, EffectiveDC);
138 }
139
140 // Visits a using directive and collects all of its using
141 // directives recursively. Treats all using directives as if they
142 // were declared in the effective DC.
143 void visit(UsingDirectiveDecl *UD, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
144 DeclContext *NS = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +0000145 if (!visited.insert(NS).second)
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000146 return;
147
148 addUsingDirective(UD, EffectiveDC);
149 addUsingDirectives(NS, EffectiveDC);
150 }
151
152 // Adds all the using directives in a context (and those nominated
153 // by its using directives, transitively) as if they appeared in
154 // the given effective context.
155 void addUsingDirectives(DeclContext *DC, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
Nick Lewycky4b81fc872015-10-18 20:32:12 +0000156 SmallVector<DeclContext*, 4> queue;
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000157 while (true) {
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +0000158 for (auto UD : DC->using_directives()) {
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000159 DeclContext *NS = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +0000160 if (visited.insert(NS).second) {
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000161 addUsingDirective(UD, EffectiveDC);
162 queue.push_back(NS);
163 }
164 }
165
166 if (queue.empty())
167 return;
168
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +0000169 DC = queue.pop_back_val();
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000170 }
171 }
172
173 // Add a using directive as if it had been declared in the given
174 // context. This helps implement C++ [namespace.udir]p3:
175 // The using-directive is transitive: if a scope contains a
176 // using-directive that nominates a second namespace that itself
177 // contains using-directives, the effect is as if the
178 // using-directives from the second namespace also appeared in
179 // the first.
180 void addUsingDirective(UsingDirectiveDecl *UD, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
181 // Find the common ancestor between the effective context and
182 // the nominated namespace.
183 DeclContext *Common = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
184 while (!Common->Encloses(EffectiveDC))
185 Common = Common->getParent();
John McCall9757d032009-11-10 09:20:04 +0000186 Common = Common->getPrimaryContext();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000187
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000188 list.push_back(UnqualUsingEntry(UD->getNominatedNamespace(), Common));
189 }
190
191 void done() {
192 std::sort(list.begin(), list.end(), UnqualUsingEntry::Comparator());
193 }
194
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000195 typedef ListTy::const_iterator const_iterator;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000196
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000197 const_iterator begin() const { return list.begin(); }
198 const_iterator end() const { return list.end(); }
199
Benjamin Kramerb4ef6682015-02-06 17:25:10 +0000200 llvm::iterator_range<const_iterator>
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000201 getNamespacesFor(DeclContext *DC) const {
Benjamin Kramerb4ef6682015-02-06 17:25:10 +0000202 return llvm::make_range(std::equal_range(begin(), end(),
203 DC->getPrimaryContext(),
204 UnqualUsingEntry::Comparator()));
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000205 }
206 };
Hans Wennborgdcfba332015-10-06 23:40:43 +0000207} // end anonymous namespace
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000208
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000209// Retrieve the set of identifier namespaces that correspond to a
210// specific kind of name lookup.
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000211static inline unsigned getIDNS(Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind,
212 bool CPlusPlus,
213 bool Redeclaration) {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000214 unsigned IDNS = 0;
215 switch (NameKind) {
Fariborz Jahanian7f4427f2011-07-12 17:16:56 +0000216 case Sema::LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam:
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000217 case Sema::LookupOrdinaryName:
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +0000218 case Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage:
Richard Smith114394f2013-08-09 04:35:01 +0000219 case Sema::LookupLocalFriendName:
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000220 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary;
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000221 if (CPlusPlus) {
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000222 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Member | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +0000223 if (Redeclaration)
224 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_TagFriend | Decl::IDNS_OrdinaryFriend;
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000225 }
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +0000226 if (Redeclaration)
227 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000228 break;
229
John McCallb9467b62010-04-24 01:30:58 +0000230 case Sema::LookupOperatorName:
231 // Operator lookup is its own crazy thing; it is not the same
232 // as (e.g.) looking up an operator name for redeclaration.
233 assert(!Redeclaration && "cannot do redeclaration operator lookup");
234 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_NonMemberOperator;
235 break;
236
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000237 case Sema::LookupTagName:
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000238 if (CPlusPlus) {
239 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Type;
240
241 // When looking for a redeclaration of a tag name, we add:
242 // 1) TagFriend to find undeclared friend decls
243 // 2) Namespace because they can't "overload" with tag decls.
244 // 3) Tag because it includes class templates, which can't
245 // "overload" with tag decls.
246 if (Redeclaration)
247 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_TagFriend | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
248 } else {
249 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Tag;
250 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000251 break;
Richard Smith83e78f52014-04-11 01:03:38 +0000252
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +0000253 case Sema::LookupLabel:
254 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Label;
255 break;
Richard Smith83e78f52014-04-11 01:03:38 +0000256
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000257 case Sema::LookupMemberName:
258 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Member;
259 if (CPlusPlus)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000260 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Ordinary;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000261 break;
262
263 case Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName:
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000264 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Type | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
265 break;
266
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000267 case Sema::LookupNamespaceName:
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000268 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000269 break;
Douglas Gregorde9f17e2009-04-23 23:18:26 +0000270
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +0000271 case Sema::LookupUsingDeclName:
Richard Smith83e78f52014-04-11 01:03:38 +0000272 assert(Redeclaration && "should only be used for redecl lookup");
273 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Member |
274 Decl::IDNS_Using | Decl::IDNS_TagFriend | Decl::IDNS_OrdinaryFriend |
275 Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern;
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +0000276 break;
277
Douglas Gregor79947a22009-04-24 00:11:27 +0000278 case Sema::LookupObjCProtocolName:
279 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol;
280 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000281
Alexey Bataev94a4f0c2016-03-03 05:21:39 +0000282 case Sema::LookupOMPReductionName:
283 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_OMPReduction;
284 break;
285
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +0000286 case Sema::LookupAnyName:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000287 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Member
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +0000288 | Decl::IDNS_Using | Decl::IDNS_Namespace | Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol
289 | Decl::IDNS_Type;
290 break;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000291 }
292 return IDNS;
293}
294
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000295void LookupResult::configure() {
Kaelyn Takatafc8c61a2014-11-11 23:00:42 +0000296 IDNS = getIDNS(LookupKind, getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus,
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000297 isForRedeclaration());
Douglas Gregorbcf0a472010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000298
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000299 // If we're looking for one of the allocation or deallocation
300 // operators, make sure that the implicitly-declared new and delete
301 // operators can be found.
302 switch (NameInfo.getName().getCXXOverloadedOperator()) {
303 case OO_New:
304 case OO_Delete:
305 case OO_Array_New:
306 case OO_Array_Delete:
Kaelyn Takatafc8c61a2014-11-11 23:00:42 +0000307 getSema().DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000308 break;
Douglas Gregorbcf0a472010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000309
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000310 default:
311 break;
312 }
Douglas Gregor15197662013-04-03 23:06:26 +0000313
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000314 // Compiler builtins are always visible, regardless of where they end
315 // up being declared.
316 if (IdentifierInfo *Id = NameInfo.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo()) {
317 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Id->getBuiltinID()) {
Kaelyn Takatafc8c61a2014-11-11 23:00:42 +0000318 if (!getSema().Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000319 AllowHidden = true;
Douglas Gregor15197662013-04-03 23:06:26 +0000320 }
Douglas Gregorbcf0a472010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000321 }
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000322}
323
Alp Tokerc1086762013-12-07 13:51:35 +0000324bool LookupResult::sanity() const {
Richard Smithf97ad222014-04-01 18:33:50 +0000325 // This function is never called by NDEBUG builds.
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000326 assert(ResultKind != NotFound || Decls.size() == 0);
327 assert(ResultKind != Found || Decls.size() == 1);
328 assert(ResultKind != FoundOverloaded || Decls.size() > 1 ||
329 (Decls.size() == 1 &&
330 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*begin())->getUnderlyingDecl())));
331 assert(ResultKind != FoundUnresolvedValue || sanityCheckUnresolved());
332 assert(ResultKind != Ambiguous || Decls.size() > 1 ||
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +0000333 (Decls.size() == 1 && (Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjects ||
334 Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes)));
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000335 assert((Paths != nullptr) == (ResultKind == Ambiguous &&
336 (Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes ||
337 Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjects)));
Alp Tokerc1086762013-12-07 13:51:35 +0000338 return true;
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000339}
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000340
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000341// Necessary because CXXBasePaths is not complete in Sema.h
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000342void LookupResult::deletePaths(CXXBasePaths *Paths) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000343 delete Paths;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000344}
345
Richard Smith3876cc82013-10-30 01:02:04 +0000346/// Get a representative context for a declaration such that two declarations
347/// will have the same context if they were found within the same scope.
Benjamin Kramerfc58b042013-11-01 11:50:55 +0000348static DeclContext *getContextForScopeMatching(Decl *D) {
Richard Smith3876cc82013-10-30 01:02:04 +0000349 // For function-local declarations, use that function as the context. This
350 // doesn't account for scopes within the function; the caller must deal with
351 // those.
352 DeclContext *DC = D->getLexicalDeclContext();
353 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
354 return DC;
355
356 // Otherwise, look at the semantic context of the declaration. The
357 // declaration must have been found there.
358 return D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
359}
360
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000361/// \brief Determine whether \p D is a better lookup result than \p Existing,
362/// given that they declare the same entity.
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000363static bool isPreferredLookupResult(Sema &S, Sema::LookupNameKind Kind,
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000364 NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *Existing) {
365 // When looking up redeclarations of a using declaration, prefer a using
366 // shadow declaration over any other declaration of the same entity.
367 if (Kind == Sema::LookupUsingDeclName && isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) &&
368 !isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Existing))
369 return true;
370
371 auto *DUnderlying = D->getUnderlyingDecl();
372 auto *EUnderlying = Existing->getUnderlyingDecl();
373
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000374 // If they have different underlying declarations, prefer a typedef over the
375 // original type (this happens when two type declarations denote the same
376 // type), per a generous reading of C++ [dcl.typedef]p3 and p4. The typedef
377 // might carry additional semantic information, such as an alignment override.
378 // However, per C++ [dcl.typedef]p5, when looking up a tag name, prefer a tag
379 // declaration over a typedef.
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000380 if (DUnderlying->getCanonicalDecl() != EUnderlying->getCanonicalDecl()) {
381 assert(isa<TypeDecl>(DUnderlying) && isa<TypeDecl>(EUnderlying));
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000382 bool HaveTag = isa<TagDecl>(EUnderlying);
383 bool WantTag = Kind == Sema::LookupTagName;
384 return HaveTag != WantTag;
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000385 }
386
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000387 // Pick the function with more default arguments.
388 // FIXME: In the presence of ambiguous default arguments, we should keep both,
389 // so we can diagnose the ambiguity if the default argument is needed.
390 // See C++ [over.match.best]p3.
391 if (auto *DFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DUnderlying)) {
392 auto *EFD = cast<FunctionDecl>(EUnderlying);
393 unsigned DMin = DFD->getMinRequiredArguments();
394 unsigned EMin = EFD->getMinRequiredArguments();
395 // If D has more default arguments, it is preferred.
396 if (DMin != EMin)
397 return DMin < EMin;
Richard Smith535ff802015-09-11 22:39:35 +0000398 // FIXME: When we track visibility for default function arguments, check
399 // that we pick the declaration with more visible default arguments.
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000400 }
401
402 // Pick the template with more default template arguments.
403 if (auto *DTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(DUnderlying)) {
404 auto *ETD = cast<TemplateDecl>(EUnderlying);
405 unsigned DMin = DTD->getTemplateParameters()->getMinRequiredArguments();
406 unsigned EMin = ETD->getTemplateParameters()->getMinRequiredArguments();
Richard Smith535ff802015-09-11 22:39:35 +0000407 // If D has more default arguments, it is preferred. Note that default
408 // arguments (and their visibility) is monotonically increasing across the
409 // redeclaration chain, so this is a quick proxy for "is more recent".
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000410 if (DMin != EMin)
411 return DMin < EMin;
Richard Smith535ff802015-09-11 22:39:35 +0000412 // If D has more *visible* default arguments, it is preferred. Note, an
413 // earlier default argument being visible does not imply that a later
414 // default argument is visible, so we can't just check the first one.
415 for (unsigned I = DMin, N = DTD->getTemplateParameters()->size();
416 I != N; ++I) {
417 if (!S.hasVisibleDefaultArgument(
418 ETD->getTemplateParameters()->getParam(I)) &&
419 S.hasVisibleDefaultArgument(
420 DTD->getTemplateParameters()->getParam(I)))
421 return true;
422 }
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000423 }
424
Vassil Vassilev4d75e8d2016-02-28 19:08:24 +0000425 // VarDecl can have incomplete array types, prefer the one with more complete
426 // array type.
427 if (VarDecl *DVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DUnderlying)) {
428 VarDecl *EVD = cast<VarDecl>(EUnderlying);
429 if (EVD->getType()->isIncompleteType() &&
430 !DVD->getType()->isIncompleteType()) {
431 // Prefer the decl with a more complete type if visible.
432 return S.isVisible(DVD);
433 }
434 return false; // Avoid picking up a newer decl, just because it was newer.
435 }
436
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000437 // For most kinds of declaration, it doesn't really matter which one we pick.
438 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(DUnderlying) && !isa<VarDecl>(DUnderlying)) {
439 // If the existing declaration is hidden, prefer the new one. Otherwise,
440 // keep what we've got.
441 return !S.isVisible(Existing);
442 }
443
444 // Pick the newer declaration; it might have a more precise type.
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000445 for (Decl *Prev = DUnderlying->getPreviousDecl(); Prev;
446 Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl())
447 if (Prev == EUnderlying)
448 return true;
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000449 return false;
450}
451
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000452/// Determine whether \p D can hide a tag declaration.
453static bool canHideTag(NamedDecl *D) {
454 // C++ [basic.scope.declarative]p4:
455 // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region [...]
456 // exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration name
457 // that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all refer to
458 // the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions and function
459 // templates; in this case the class name or enumeration name is hidden.
460 // C++ [basic.scope.hiding]p2:
461 // A class name or enumeration name can be hidden by the name of a
462 // variable, data member, function, or enumerator declared in the same
463 // scope.
464 D = D->getUnderlyingDecl();
465 return isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D) ||
466 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) || isa<FieldDecl>(D);
467}
468
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000469/// Resolves the result kind of this lookup.
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000470void LookupResult::resolveKind() {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000471 unsigned N = Decls.size();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000472
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000473 // Fast case: no possible ambiguity.
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000474 if (N == 0) {
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000475 assert(ResultKind == NotFound ||
476 ResultKind == NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation);
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000477 return;
478 }
479
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000480 // If there's a single decl, we need to examine it to decide what
481 // kind of lookup this is.
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000482 if (N == 1) {
Douglas Gregor516d6722010-04-25 21:15:30 +0000483 NamedDecl *D = (*Decls.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
484 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000485 ResultKind = FoundOverloaded;
Douglas Gregor516d6722010-04-25 21:15:30 +0000486 else if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D))
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000487 ResultKind = FoundUnresolvedValue;
488 return;
489 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000490
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000491 // Don't do any extra resolution if we've already resolved as ambiguous.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000492 if (ResultKind == Ambiguous) return;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000493
Richard Smitha534a312015-07-21 23:54:07 +0000494 llvm::SmallDenseMap<NamedDecl*, unsigned, 16> Unique;
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000495 llvm::SmallDenseMap<QualType, unsigned, 16> UniqueTypes;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000496
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000497 bool Ambiguous = false;
Richard Smith2dbe4042015-11-04 19:26:32 +0000498 bool HasTag = false, HasFunction = false;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000499 bool HasFunctionTemplate = false, HasUnresolved = false;
Richard Smith2dbe4042015-11-04 19:26:32 +0000500 NamedDecl *HasNonFunction = nullptr;
501
502 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 4> EquivalentNonFunctions;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000503
504 unsigned UniqueTagIndex = 0;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000505
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000506 unsigned I = 0;
507 while (I < N) {
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +0000508 NamedDecl *D = Decls[I]->getUnderlyingDecl();
509 D = cast<NamedDecl>(D->getCanonicalDecl());
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000510
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1fcd7fd2013-02-22 06:58:37 +0000511 // Ignore an invalid declaration unless it's the only one left.
Richard Smith5cd86f82015-11-03 03:13:11 +0000512 if (D->isInvalidDecl() && !(I == 0 && N == 1)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1fcd7fd2013-02-22 06:58:37 +0000513 Decls[I] = Decls[--N];
514 continue;
515 }
516
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000517 llvm::Optional<unsigned> ExistingI;
518
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000519 // Redeclarations of types via typedef can occur both within a scope
520 // and, through using declarations and directives, across scopes. There is
521 // no ambiguity if they all refer to the same type, so unique based on the
522 // canonical type.
523 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(D)) {
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000524 QualType T = getSema().Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
525 auto UniqueResult = UniqueTypes.insert(
526 std::make_pair(getSema().Context.getCanonicalType(T), I));
527 if (!UniqueResult.second) {
528 // The type is not unique.
529 ExistingI = UniqueResult.first->second;
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000530 }
531 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000532
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000533 // For non-type declarations, check for a prior lookup result naming this
534 // canonical declaration.
535 if (!ExistingI) {
536 auto UniqueResult = Unique.insert(std::make_pair(D, I));
537 if (!UniqueResult.second) {
538 // We've seen this entity before.
539 ExistingI = UniqueResult.first->second;
Richard Smitha534a312015-07-21 23:54:07 +0000540 }
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000541 }
542
543 if (ExistingI) {
544 // This is not a unique lookup result. Pick one of the results and
545 // discard the other.
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000546 if (isPreferredLookupResult(getSema(), getLookupKind(), Decls[I],
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000547 Decls[*ExistingI]))
548 Decls[*ExistingI] = Decls[I];
549 Decls[I] = Decls[--N];
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000550 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000551 }
552
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000553 // Otherwise, do some decl type analysis and then continue.
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000554
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000555 if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D)) {
556 HasUnresolved = true;
557 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(D)) {
558 if (HasTag)
559 Ambiguous = true;
560 UniqueTagIndex = I;
561 HasTag = true;
562 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
563 HasFunction = true;
564 HasFunctionTemplate = true;
565 } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
566 HasFunction = true;
567 } else {
Richard Smith2dbe4042015-11-04 19:26:32 +0000568 if (HasNonFunction) {
569 // If we're about to create an ambiguity between two declarations that
570 // are equivalent, but one is an internal linkage declaration from one
571 // module and the other is an internal linkage declaration from another
572 // module, just skip it.
573 if (getSema().isEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclaration(HasNonFunction,
574 D)) {
575 EquivalentNonFunctions.push_back(D);
576 Decls[I] = Decls[--N];
577 continue;
578 }
579
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000580 Ambiguous = true;
Richard Smith2dbe4042015-11-04 19:26:32 +0000581 }
582 HasNonFunction = D;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000583 }
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000584 I++;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000585 }
Douglas Gregor38feed82009-04-24 02:57:34 +0000586
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000587 // C++ [basic.scope.hiding]p2:
588 // A class name or enumeration name can be hidden by the name of
589 // an object, function, or enumerator declared in the same
590 // scope. If a class or enumeration name and an object, function,
591 // or enumerator are declared in the same scope (in any order)
592 // with the same name, the class or enumeration name is hidden
593 // wherever the object, function, or enumerator name is visible.
594 // But it's still an error if there are distinct tag types found,
595 // even if they're not visible. (ref?)
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000596 if (N > 1 && HideTags && HasTag && !Ambiguous &&
Douglas Gregore63d0872010-10-23 16:06:17 +0000597 (HasFunction || HasNonFunction || HasUnresolved)) {
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000598 NamedDecl *OtherDecl = Decls[UniqueTagIndex ? 0 : N - 1];
599 if (isa<TagDecl>(Decls[UniqueTagIndex]->getUnderlyingDecl()) &&
600 getContextForScopeMatching(Decls[UniqueTagIndex])->Equals(
601 getContextForScopeMatching(OtherDecl)) &&
602 canHideTag(OtherDecl))
Douglas Gregore63d0872010-10-23 16:06:17 +0000603 Decls[UniqueTagIndex] = Decls[--N];
604 else
605 Ambiguous = true;
606 }
Anders Carlsson8d0f6b72009-06-26 03:37:05 +0000607
Richard Smith2dbe4042015-11-04 19:26:32 +0000608 // FIXME: This diagnostic should really be delayed until we're done with
609 // the lookup result, in case the ambiguity is resolved by the caller.
610 if (!EquivalentNonFunctions.empty() && !Ambiguous)
611 getSema().diagnoseEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclarations(
612 getNameLoc(), HasNonFunction, EquivalentNonFunctions);
613
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000614 Decls.set_size(N);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000615
John McCall80053822009-12-03 00:58:24 +0000616 if (HasNonFunction && (HasFunction || HasUnresolved))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000617 Ambiguous = true;
Douglas Gregorf23311d2009-01-17 01:13:24 +0000618
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000619 if (Ambiguous)
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000620 setAmbiguous(LookupResult::AmbiguousReference);
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000621 else if (HasUnresolved)
622 ResultKind = LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000623 else if (N > 1 || HasFunctionTemplate)
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000624 ResultKind = LookupResult::FoundOverloaded;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000625 else
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000626 ResultKind = LookupResult::Found;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +0000627}
628
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000629void LookupResult::addDeclsFromBasePaths(const CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCall5b0829a2010-02-10 09:31:12 +0000630 CXXBasePaths::const_paths_iterator I, E;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000631 for (I = P.begin(), E = P.end(); I != E; ++I)
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +0000632 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator DI = I->Decls.begin(),
633 DE = I->Decls.end(); DI != DE; ++DI)
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000634 addDecl(*DI);
Douglas Gregorfe3d7d02009-04-01 21:51:26 +0000635}
636
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000637void LookupResult::setAmbiguousBaseSubobjects(CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000638 Paths = new CXXBasePaths;
639 Paths->swap(P);
640 addDeclsFromBasePaths(*Paths);
641 resolveKind();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000642 setAmbiguous(AmbiguousBaseSubobjects);
Douglas Gregor0e8fc3c2009-02-02 21:35:47 +0000643}
644
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000645void LookupResult::setAmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes(CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000646 Paths = new CXXBasePaths;
647 Paths->swap(P);
648 addDeclsFromBasePaths(*Paths);
649 resolveKind();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000650 setAmbiguous(AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000651}
652
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000653void LookupResult::print(raw_ostream &Out) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000654 Out << Decls.size() << " result(s)";
655 if (isAmbiguous()) Out << ", ambiguous";
656 if (Paths) Out << ", base paths present";
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000657
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000658 for (iterator I = begin(), E = end(); I != E; ++I) {
659 Out << "\n";
660 (*I)->print(Out, 2);
661 }
662}
663
Richard Smithba3a4f92016-01-12 21:59:26 +0000664LLVM_DUMP_METHOD void LookupResult::dump() {
665 llvm::errs() << "lookup results for " << getLookupName().getAsString()
666 << ":\n";
667 for (NamedDecl *D : *this)
668 D->dump();
669}
670
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000671/// \brief Lookup a builtin function, when name lookup would otherwise
672/// fail.
673static bool LookupBuiltin(Sema &S, LookupResult &R) {
674 Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
675
676 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, and if the identifier
677 // corresponds to a compiler builtin, create the decl object for the builtin
678 // now, injecting it into translation unit scope, and return it.
679 if (NameKind == Sema::LookupOrdinaryName ||
680 NameKind == Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
681 IdentifierInfo *II = R.getLookupName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
682 if (II) {
David Majnemerd9b1a4f2015-11-04 03:40:30 +0000683 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NameKind == Sema::LookupOrdinaryName &&
684 II == S.getASTContext().getMakeIntegerSeqName()) {
685 R.addDecl(S.getASTContext().getMakeIntegerSeqDecl());
686 return true;
687 }
Nico Webere1687c52013-06-20 21:44:55 +0000688
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000689 // If this is a builtin on this (or all) targets, create the decl.
690 if (unsigned BuiltinID = II->getBuiltinID()) {
Anastasia Stulovab607e0f2016-02-02 11:29:43 +0000691 // In C++ and OpenCL (spec v1.2 s6.9.f), we don't have any predefined
692 // library functions like 'malloc'. Instead, we'll just error.
693 if ((S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || S.getLangOpts().OpenCL) &&
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000694 S.Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))
695 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000696
697 if (NamedDecl *D = S.LazilyCreateBuiltin((IdentifierInfo *)II,
698 BuiltinID, S.TUScope,
Douglas Gregorbfe022c2011-01-03 09:37:44 +0000699 R.isForRedeclaration(),
700 R.getNameLoc())) {
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000701 R.addDecl(D);
Douglas Gregorbfe022c2011-01-03 09:37:44 +0000702 return true;
703 }
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000704 }
705 }
706 }
707
708 return false;
709}
710
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000711/// \brief Determine whether we can declare a special member function within
712/// the class at this point.
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000713static bool CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(const CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000714 // We need to have a definition for the class.
715 if (!Class->getDefinition() || Class->isDependentContext())
716 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000717
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000718 // We can't be in the middle of defining the class.
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000719 return !Class->isBeingDefined();
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000720}
721
722void Sema::ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000723 if (!CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Class))
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000724 return;
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000725
726 // If the default constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Alexis Huntea6f0322011-05-11 22:34:38 +0000727 if (Class->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000728 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000729
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000730 // If the copy constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000731 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000732 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000733
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000734 // If the copy assignment operator has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000735 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000736 DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(Class);
737
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000738 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000739 // If the move constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
740 if (Class->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
Richard Smitha87b7662016-05-13 18:48:05 +0000741 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class);
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000742
743 // If the move assignment operator has not yet been declared, do so now.
744 if (Class->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
Richard Smitha87b7662016-05-13 18:48:05 +0000745 DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(Class);
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000746 }
747
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000748 // If the destructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000749 if (Class->needsImplicitDestructor())
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000750 DeclareImplicitDestructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000751}
752
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000753/// \brief Determine whether this is the name of an implicitly-declared
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000754/// special member function.
755static bool isImplicitlyDeclaredMemberFunctionName(DeclarationName Name) {
756 switch (Name.getNameKind()) {
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000757 case DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName:
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000758 case DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName:
759 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000760
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000761 case DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName:
762 return Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000763
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000764 default:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000765 break;
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000766 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000767
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000768 return false;
769}
770
771/// \brief If there are any implicit member functions with the given name
772/// that need to be declared in the given declaration context, do so.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000773static void DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(Sema &S,
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000774 DeclarationName Name,
775 const DeclContext *DC) {
776 if (!DC)
777 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000778
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000779 switch (Name.getNameKind()) {
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000780 case DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName:
781 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000782 if (Record->getDefinition() && CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record)) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000783 CXXRecordDecl *Class = const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record);
Alexis Huntea6f0322011-05-11 22:34:38 +0000784 if (Record->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000785 S.DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000786 if (Record->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000787 S.DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000788 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000789 Record->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
790 S.DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000791 }
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000792 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000793
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000794 case DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName:
795 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000796 if (Record->getDefinition() && Record->needsImplicitDestructor() &&
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000797 CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record))
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000798 S.DeclareImplicitDestructor(const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record));
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000799 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000800
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000801 case DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName:
802 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() != OO_Equal)
803 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000804
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000805 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000806 if (Record->getDefinition() && CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record)) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000807 CXXRecordDecl *Class = const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000808 if (Record->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000809 S.DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(Class);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000810 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000811 Record->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
812 S.DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(Class);
813 }
814 }
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000815 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000816
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000817 default:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000818 break;
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000819 }
820}
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000821
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000822// Adds all qualifying matches for a name within a decl context to the
823// given lookup result. Returns true if any matches were found.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000824static bool LookupDirect(Sema &S, LookupResult &R, const DeclContext *DC) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000825 bool Found = false;
826
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000827 // Lazily declare C++ special member functions.
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000828 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000829 DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(S, R.getLookupName(), DC);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000830
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000831 // Perform lookup into this declaration context.
Richard Smithcf4bdde2015-02-21 02:45:19 +0000832 DeclContext::lookup_result DR = DC->lookup(R.getLookupName());
833 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator I = DR.begin(), E = DR.end(); I != E;
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +0000834 ++I) {
John McCall401982f2010-01-20 21:53:11 +0000835 NamedDecl *D = *I;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +0000836 if ((D = R.getAcceptableDecl(D))) {
John McCall401982f2010-01-20 21:53:11 +0000837 R.addDecl(D);
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000838 Found = true;
839 }
840 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000841
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000842 if (!Found && DC->isTranslationUnit() && LookupBuiltin(S, R))
843 return true;
844
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000845 if (R.getLookupName().getNameKind()
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000846 != DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName ||
847 R.getLookupName().getCXXNameType()->isDependentType() ||
848 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
849 return Found;
850
851 // C++ [temp.mem]p6:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000852 // A specialization of a conversion function template is not found by
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000853 // name lookup. Instead, any conversion function templates visible in the
854 // context of the use are considered. [...]
855 const CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
John McCallf937c022011-10-07 06:10:15 +0000856 if (!Record->isCompleteDefinition())
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000857 return Found;
858
Argyrios Kyrtzidisa6567c42012-11-28 03:56:09 +0000859 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator U = Record->conversion_begin(),
860 UEnd = Record->conversion_end(); U != UEnd; ++U) {
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000861 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*U);
862 if (!ConvTemplate)
863 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000864
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000865 // When we're performing lookup for the purposes of redeclaration, just
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000866 // add the conversion function template. When we deduce template
867 // arguments for specializations, we'll end up unifying the return
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000868 // type of the new declaration with the type of the function template.
869 if (R.isForRedeclaration()) {
870 R.addDecl(ConvTemplate);
871 Found = true;
872 continue;
873 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000874
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000875 // C++ [temp.mem]p6:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000876 // [...] For each such operator, if argument deduction succeeds
877 // (14.9.2.3), the resulting specialization is used as if found by
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000878 // name lookup.
879 //
880 // When referencing a conversion function for any purpose other than
881 // a redeclaration (such that we'll be building an expression with the
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000882 // result), perform template argument deduction and place the
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000883 // specialization into the result set. We do this to avoid forcing all
884 // callers to perform special deduction for conversion functions.
Craig Toppere6706e42012-09-19 02:26:47 +0000885 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(R.getNameLoc());
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000886 FunctionDecl *Specialization = nullptr;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000887
888 const FunctionProtoType *ConvProto
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000889 = ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
890 assert(ConvProto && "Nonsensical conversion function template type");
Douglas Gregor3c96a462010-01-12 01:17:50 +0000891
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000892 // Compute the type of the function that we would expect the conversion
893 // function to have, if it were to match the name given.
894 // FIXME: Calling convention!
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +0000895 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = ConvProto->getExtProtoInfo();
Reid Kleckner78af0702013-08-27 23:08:25 +0000896 EPI.ExtInfo = EPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(CC_C);
Richard Smith8acb4282014-07-31 21:57:55 +0000897 EPI.ExceptionSpec = EST_None;
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000898 QualType ExpectedType
899 = R.getSema().Context.getFunctionType(R.getLookupName().getCXXNameType(),
Dmitri Gribenko44ebbd52013-05-05 00:41:58 +0000900 None, EPI);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000901
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000902 // Perform template argument deduction against the type that we would
903 // expect the function to have.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000904 if (R.getSema().DeduceTemplateArguments(ConvTemplate, nullptr, ExpectedType,
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000905 Specialization, Info)
906 == Sema::TDK_Success) {
907 R.addDecl(Specialization);
908 Found = true;
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000909 }
910 }
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000911
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000912 return Found;
913}
914
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000915// Performs C++ unqualified lookup into the given file context.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000916static bool
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000917CppNamespaceLookup(Sema &S, LookupResult &R, ASTContext &Context,
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000918 DeclContext *NS, UnqualUsingDirectiveSet &UDirs) {
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000919
920 assert(NS && NS->isFileContext() && "CppNamespaceLookup() requires namespace!");
921
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000922 // Perform direct name lookup into the LookupCtx.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000923 bool Found = LookupDirect(S, R, NS);
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000924
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000925 // Perform direct name lookup into the namespaces nominated by the
926 // using directives whose common ancestor is this namespace.
Benjamin Kramerb4ef6682015-02-06 17:25:10 +0000927 for (const UnqualUsingEntry &UUE : UDirs.getNamespacesFor(NS))
928 if (LookupDirect(S, R, UUE.getNominatedNamespace()))
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000929 Found = true;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000930
931 R.resolveKind();
932
933 return Found;
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000934}
935
936static bool isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000937 if (DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity())
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000938 return Ctx->isFileContext();
939 return false;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000940}
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000941
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000942// Find the next outer declaration context from this scope. This
943// routine actually returns the semantic outer context, which may
944// differ from the lexical context (encoded directly in the Scope
945// stack) when we are parsing a member of a class template. In this
946// case, the second element of the pair will be true, to indicate that
947// name lookup should continue searching in this semantic context when
948// it leaves the current template parameter scope.
949static std::pair<DeclContext *, bool> findOuterContext(Scope *S) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000950 DeclContext *DC = S->getEntity();
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000951 DeclContext *Lexical = nullptr;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000952 for (Scope *OuterS = S->getParent(); OuterS;
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000953 OuterS = OuterS->getParent()) {
954 if (OuterS->getEntity()) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000955 Lexical = OuterS->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000956 break;
957 }
958 }
959
960 // C++ [temp.local]p8:
961 // In the definition of a member of a class template that appears
962 // outside of the namespace containing the class template
963 // definition, the name of a template-parameter hides the name of
964 // a member of this namespace.
965 //
966 // Example:
967 //
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000968 // namespace N {
969 // class C { };
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000970 //
971 // template<class T> class B {
972 // void f(T);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000973 // };
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000974 // }
975 //
976 // template<class C> void N::B<C>::f(C) {
977 // C b; // C is the template parameter, not N::C
978 // }
979 //
980 // In this example, the lexical context we return is the
981 // TranslationUnit, while the semantic context is the namespace N.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000982 if (!Lexical || !DC || !S->getParent() ||
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000983 !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope())
984 return std::make_pair(Lexical, false);
985
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000986 // Find the outermost template parameter scope.
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000987 // For the example, this is the scope for the template parameters of
988 // template<class C>.
989 Scope *OutermostTemplateScope = S->getParent();
990 while (OutermostTemplateScope->getParent() &&
991 OutermostTemplateScope->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope())
992 OutermostTemplateScope = OutermostTemplateScope->getParent();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000993
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000994 // Find the namespace context in which the original scope occurs. In
995 // the example, this is namespace N.
996 DeclContext *Semantic = DC;
997 while (!Semantic->isFileContext())
998 Semantic = Semantic->getParent();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000999
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001000 // Find the declaration context just outside of the template
1001 // parameter scope. This is the context in which the template is
1002 // being lexically declaration (a namespace context). In the
1003 // example, this is the global scope.
1004 if (Lexical->isFileContext() && !Lexical->Equals(Semantic) &&
1005 Lexical->Encloses(Semantic))
1006 return std::make_pair(Semantic, true);
1007
1008 return std::make_pair(Lexical, false);
Douglas Gregor7f737c02009-09-10 16:57:35 +00001009}
1010
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001011namespace {
1012/// An RAII object to specify that we want to find block scope extern
1013/// declarations.
1014struct FindLocalExternScope {
1015 FindLocalExternScope(LookupResult &R)
1016 : R(R), OldFindLocalExtern(R.getIdentifierNamespace() &
1017 Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern) {
1018 R.setFindLocalExtern(R.getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_Ordinary);
1019 }
1020 void restore() {
1021 R.setFindLocalExtern(OldFindLocalExtern);
1022 }
1023 ~FindLocalExternScope() {
1024 restore();
1025 }
1026 LookupResult &R;
1027 bool OldFindLocalExtern;
1028};
Hans Wennborgdcfba332015-10-06 23:40:43 +00001029} // end anonymous namespace
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001030
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001031bool Sema::CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S) {
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00001032 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "Can perform only C++ lookup");
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001033
1034 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001035 Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001036
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +00001037 // If this is the name of an implicitly-declared special member function,
1038 // go through the scope stack to implicitly declare
1039 if (isImplicitlyDeclaredMemberFunctionName(Name)) {
1040 for (Scope *PreS = S; PreS; PreS = PreS->getParent())
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001041 if (DeclContext *DC = PreS->getEntity())
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +00001042 DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(*this, Name, DC);
1043 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001044
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +00001045 // Implicitly declare member functions with the name we're looking for, if in
1046 // fact we are in a scope where it matters.
1047
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001048 Scope *Initial = S;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001049 IdentifierResolver::iterator
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001050 I = IdResolver.begin(Name),
1051 IEnd = IdResolver.end();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001052
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001053 // First we lookup local scope.
Douglas Gregorded2d7b2009-02-04 19:02:06 +00001054 // We don't consider using-directives, as per 7.3.4.p1 [namespace.udir]
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001055 // ...During unqualified name lookup (3.4.1), the names appear as if
1056 // they were declared in the nearest enclosing namespace which contains
1057 // both the using-directive and the nominated namespace.
Eli Friedman44b83ee2009-08-05 19:21:58 +00001058 // [Note: in this context, "contains" means "contains directly or
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001059 // indirectly".
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001060 //
1061 // For example:
1062 // namespace A { int i; }
1063 // void foo() {
1064 // int i;
1065 // {
1066 // using namespace A;
1067 // ++i; // finds local 'i', A::i appears at global scope
1068 // }
1069 // }
Douglas Gregor2ada0482009-02-04 17:27:36 +00001070 //
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001071 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet UDirs;
1072 bool VisitedUsingDirectives = false;
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001073 bool LeftStartingScope = false;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001074 DeclContext *OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = nullptr;
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001075
1076 // When performing a scope lookup, we want to find local extern decls.
1077 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(R);
1078
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001079 for (; S && !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S); S = S->getParent()) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001080 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor3e51e172010-05-20 20:58:56 +00001081
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001082 // Check whether the IdResolver has anything in this scope.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001083 bool Found = false;
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00001084 for (; I != IEnd && S->isDeclScope(*I); ++I) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001085 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001086 if (NameKind == LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
1087 // Determine whether this (or a previous) declaration is
1088 // out-of-scope.
1089 if (!LeftStartingScope && !Initial->isDeclScope(*I))
1090 LeftStartingScope = true;
1091
1092 // If we found something outside of our starting scope that
Richard Smith9a00bbf2013-10-16 21:12:00 +00001093 // does not have linkage, skip it. If it's a template parameter,
1094 // we still find it, so we can diagnose the invalid redeclaration.
1095 if (LeftStartingScope && !((*I)->hasLinkage()) &&
1096 !(*I)->isTemplateParameter()) {
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001097 R.setShadowed();
1098 continue;
1099 }
1100 }
1101
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001102 Found = true;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001103 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001104 }
1105 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001106 if (Found) {
1107 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregor3e51e172010-05-20 20:58:56 +00001108 if (S->isClassScope())
1109 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
1110 R.setNamingClass(Record);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001111 return true;
1112 }
1113
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001114 if (NameKind == LookupLocalFriendName && !S->isClassScope()) {
Richard Smith114394f2013-08-09 04:35:01 +00001115 // C++11 [class.friend]p11:
1116 // If a friend declaration appears in a local class and the name
1117 // specified is an unqualified name, a prior declaration is
1118 // looked up without considering scopes that are outside the
1119 // innermost enclosing non-class scope.
1120 return false;
1121 }
1122
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001123 if (!Ctx && S->isTemplateParamScope() && OutsideOfTemplateParamDC &&
1124 S->getParent() && !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
1125 // We've just searched the last template parameter scope and
Sylvestre Ledru830885c2012-07-23 08:59:39 +00001126 // found nothing, so look into the contexts between the
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001127 // lexical and semantic declaration contexts returned by
1128 // findOuterContext(). This implements the name lookup behavior
1129 // of C++ [temp.local]p8.
1130 Ctx = OutsideOfTemplateParamDC;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001131 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001132 }
1133
1134 if (Ctx) {
1135 DeclContext *OuterCtx;
1136 bool SearchAfterTemplateScope;
Benjamin Kramer867ea1d2014-03-02 13:01:17 +00001137 std::tie(OuterCtx, SearchAfterTemplateScope) = findOuterContext(S);
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001138 if (SearchAfterTemplateScope)
1139 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = OuterCtx;
1140
Douglas Gregorea166062010-03-15 15:26:48 +00001141 for (; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx); Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001142 // We do not directly look into transparent contexts, since
1143 // those entities will be found in the nearest enclosing
1144 // non-transparent context.
1145 if (Ctx->isTransparentContext())
Douglas Gregor7f737c02009-09-10 16:57:35 +00001146 continue;
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001147
1148 // We do not look directly into function or method contexts,
1149 // since all of the local variables and parameters of the
1150 // function/method are present within the Scope.
1151 if (Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
1152 // If we have an Objective-C instance method, look for ivars
1153 // in the corresponding interface.
1154 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Ctx)) {
1155 if (Method->isInstanceMethod() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo())
1156 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = Method->getClassInterface()) {
1157 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1158 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Class->lookupInstanceVariable(
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001159 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001160 ClassDeclared)) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001161 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(Ivar)) {
1162 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001163 R.resolveKind();
1164 return true;
1165 }
1166 }
1167 }
1168 }
1169
1170 continue;
1171 }
1172
Douglas Gregorb0d0aa52013-03-27 12:51:49 +00001173 // If this is a file context, we need to perform unqualified name
1174 // lookup considering using directives.
1175 if (Ctx->isFileContext()) {
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001176 // If we haven't handled using directives yet, do so now.
1177 if (!VisitedUsingDirectives) {
1178 // Add using directives from this context up to the top level.
Douglas Gregor8ccbc182013-04-09 01:49:26 +00001179 for (DeclContext *UCtx = Ctx; UCtx; UCtx = UCtx->getParent()) {
1180 if (UCtx->isTransparentContext())
1181 continue;
1182
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001183 UDirs.visit(UCtx, UCtx);
Douglas Gregor8ccbc182013-04-09 01:49:26 +00001184 }
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001185
1186 // Find the innermost file scope, so we can add using directives
1187 // from local scopes.
1188 Scope *InnermostFileScope = S;
1189 while (InnermostFileScope &&
1190 !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(InnermostFileScope))
1191 InnermostFileScope = InnermostFileScope->getParent();
1192 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, InnermostFileScope);
1193
1194 UDirs.done();
1195
1196 VisitedUsingDirectives = true;
1197 }
Douglas Gregorb0d0aa52013-03-27 12:51:49 +00001198
1199 if (CppNamespaceLookup(*this, R, Context, Ctx, UDirs)) {
1200 R.resolveKind();
1201 return true;
1202 }
1203
1204 continue;
1205 }
1206
Douglas Gregor7f737c02009-09-10 16:57:35 +00001207 // Perform qualified name lookup into this context.
1208 // FIXME: In some cases, we know that every name that could be found by
1209 // this qualified name lookup will also be on the identifier chain. For
1210 // example, inside a class without any base classes, we never need to
1211 // perform qualified lookup because all of the members are on top of the
1212 // identifier chain.
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001213 if (LookupQualifiedName(R, Ctx, /*InUnqualifiedLookup=*/true))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001214 return true;
Douglas Gregorfdca4a72009-03-27 04:21:56 +00001215 }
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001216 }
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001217 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001218
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +00001219 // Stop if we ran out of scopes.
1220 // FIXME: This really, really shouldn't be happening.
1221 if (!S) return false;
1222
Argyrios Kyrtzidis706bbf82010-10-29 16:12:50 +00001223 // If we are looking for members, no need to look into global/namespace scope.
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001224 if (NameKind == LookupMemberName)
Argyrios Kyrtzidis706bbf82010-10-29 16:12:50 +00001225 return false;
1226
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001227 // Collect UsingDirectiveDecls in all scopes, and recursively all
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001228 // nominated namespaces by those using-directives.
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +00001229 //
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00001230 // FIXME: Cache this sorted list in Scope structure, and DeclContext, so we
1231 // don't build it for each lookup!
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001232 if (!VisitedUsingDirectives) {
1233 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, S);
1234 UDirs.done();
1235 }
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001236
1237 // If we're not performing redeclaration lookup, do not look for local
1238 // extern declarations outside of a function scope.
1239 if (!R.isForRedeclaration())
1240 FindLocals.restore();
1241
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001242 // Lookup namespace scope, and global scope.
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001243 // Unqualified name lookup in C++ requires looking into scopes
1244 // that aren't strictly lexical, and therefore we walk through the
1245 // context as well as walking through the scopes.
1246 for (; S; S = S->getParent()) {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001247 // Check whether the IdResolver has anything in this scope.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001248 bool Found = false;
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00001249 for (; I != IEnd && S->isDeclScope(*I); ++I) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001250 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001251 // We found something. Look for anything else in our scope
1252 // with this same name and in an acceptable identifier
1253 // namespace, so that we can construct an overload set if we
1254 // need to.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001255 Found = true;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001256 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001257 }
1258 }
1259
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001260 if (Found && S->isTemplateParamScope()) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001261 R.resolveKind();
1262 return true;
1263 }
1264
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001265 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001266 if (!Ctx && S->isTemplateParamScope() && OutsideOfTemplateParamDC &&
1267 S->getParent() && !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
1268 // We've just searched the last template parameter scope and
Sylvestre Ledru830885c2012-07-23 08:59:39 +00001269 // found nothing, so look into the contexts between the
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001270 // lexical and semantic declaration contexts returned by
1271 // findOuterContext(). This implements the name lookup behavior
1272 // of C++ [temp.local]p8.
1273 Ctx = OutsideOfTemplateParamDC;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001274 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = nullptr;
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001275 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001276
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001277 if (Ctx) {
1278 DeclContext *OuterCtx;
1279 bool SearchAfterTemplateScope;
Benjamin Kramer867ea1d2014-03-02 13:01:17 +00001280 std::tie(OuterCtx, SearchAfterTemplateScope) = findOuterContext(S);
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001281 if (SearchAfterTemplateScope)
1282 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = OuterCtx;
1283
1284 for (; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx); Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
1285 // We do not directly look into transparent contexts, since
1286 // those entities will be found in the nearest enclosing
1287 // non-transparent context.
1288 if (Ctx->isTransparentContext())
1289 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001290
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001291 // If we have a context, and it's not a context stashed in the
1292 // template parameter scope for an out-of-line definition, also
1293 // look into that context.
1294 if (!(Found && S && S->isTemplateParamScope())) {
1295 assert(Ctx->isFileContext() &&
1296 "We should have been looking only at file context here already.");
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001297
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001298 // Look into context considering using-directives.
1299 if (CppNamespaceLookup(*this, R, Context, Ctx, UDirs))
1300 Found = true;
1301 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001302
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001303 if (Found) {
1304 R.resolveKind();
1305 return true;
1306 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001307
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001308 if (R.isForRedeclaration() && !Ctx->isTransparentContext())
1309 return false;
1310 }
1311 }
1312
Douglas Gregor3ce74932010-02-05 07:07:10 +00001313 if (R.isForRedeclaration() && Ctx && !Ctx->isTransparentContext())
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001314 return false;
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001315 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001316
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001317 return !R.empty();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001318}
1319
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001320/// \brief Find the declaration that a class temploid member specialization was
1321/// instantiated from, or the member itself if it is an explicit specialization.
1322static Decl *getInstantiatedFrom(Decl *D, MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo) {
1323 return MSInfo->isExplicitSpecialization() ? D : MSInfo->getInstantiatedFrom();
1324}
1325
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001326Module *Sema::getOwningModule(Decl *Entity) {
1327 // If it's imported, grab its owning module.
1328 Module *M = Entity->getImportedOwningModule();
1329 if (M || !isa<NamedDecl>(Entity) || !cast<NamedDecl>(Entity)->isHidden())
1330 return M;
1331 assert(!Entity->isFromASTFile() &&
1332 "hidden entity from AST file has no owning module");
1333
Richard Smith87bb5692015-06-09 00:35:49 +00001334 if (!getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) {
1335 // If we're not tracking visibility locally, the only way a declaration
1336 // can be hidden and local is if it's hidden because it's parent is (for
1337 // instance, maybe this is a lazily-declared special member of an imported
1338 // class).
1339 auto *Parent = cast<NamedDecl>(Entity->getDeclContext());
1340 assert(Parent->isHidden() && "unexpectedly hidden decl");
1341 return getOwningModule(Parent);
1342 }
1343
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001344 // It's local and hidden; grab or compute its owning module.
1345 M = Entity->getLocalOwningModule();
1346 if (M)
1347 return M;
1348
1349 if (auto *Containing =
1350 PP.getModuleContainingLocation(Entity->getLocation())) {
1351 M = Containing;
1352 } else if (Entity->isInvalidDecl() || Entity->getLocation().isInvalid()) {
1353 // Don't bother tracking visibility for invalid declarations with broken
1354 // locations.
1355 cast<NamedDecl>(Entity)->setHidden(false);
1356 } else {
1357 // We need to assign a module to an entity that exists outside of any
1358 // module, so that we can hide it from modules that we textually enter.
1359 // Invent a fake module for all such entities.
1360 if (!CachedFakeTopLevelModule) {
1361 CachedFakeTopLevelModule =
1362 PP.getHeaderSearchInfo().getModuleMap().findOrCreateModule(
1363 "<top-level>", nullptr, false, false).first;
1364
1365 auto &SrcMgr = PP.getSourceManager();
1366 SourceLocation StartLoc =
1367 SrcMgr.getLocForStartOfFile(SrcMgr.getMainFileID());
1368 auto &TopLevel =
1369 VisibleModulesStack.empty() ? VisibleModules : VisibleModulesStack[0];
1370 TopLevel.setVisible(CachedFakeTopLevelModule, StartLoc);
1371 }
1372
1373 M = CachedFakeTopLevelModule;
1374 }
1375
1376 if (M)
1377 Entity->setLocalOwningModule(M);
1378 return M;
1379}
1380
Richard Smithd9ba2242015-05-07 03:54:19 +00001381void Sema::makeMergedDefinitionVisible(NamedDecl *ND, SourceLocation Loc) {
Richard Smith87bb5692015-06-09 00:35:49 +00001382 if (auto *M = PP.getModuleContainingLocation(Loc))
1383 Context.mergeDefinitionIntoModule(ND, M);
1384 else
1385 // We're not building a module; just make the definition visible.
1386 ND->setHidden(false);
Richard Smith63e09bf2015-06-17 20:39:41 +00001387
1388 // If ND is a template declaration, make the template parameters
1389 // visible too. They're not (necessarily) within a mergeable DeclContext.
1390 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(ND))
1391 for (auto *Param : *TD->getTemplateParameters())
1392 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Param, Loc);
Richard Smithd9ba2242015-05-07 03:54:19 +00001393}
1394
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001395/// \brief Find the module in which the given declaration was defined.
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001396static Module *getDefiningModule(Sema &S, Decl *Entity) {
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001397 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Entity)) {
1398 // If this function was instantiated from a template, the defining module is
1399 // the module containing the pattern.
1400 if (FunctionDecl *Pattern = FD->getTemplateInstantiationPattern())
1401 Entity = Pattern;
1402 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Entity)) {
Reid Klecknere7367d62014-10-14 20:28:40 +00001403 if (CXXRecordDecl *Pattern = RD->getTemplateInstantiationPattern())
1404 Entity = Pattern;
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001405 } else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Entity)) {
1406 if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = ED->getMemberSpecializationInfo())
1407 Entity = getInstantiatedFrom(ED, MSInfo);
1408 } else if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Entity)) {
1409 // FIXME: Map from variable template specializations back to the template.
1410 if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = VD->getMemberSpecializationInfo())
1411 Entity = getInstantiatedFrom(VD, MSInfo);
1412 }
1413
1414 // Walk up to the containing context. That might also have been instantiated
1415 // from a template.
1416 DeclContext *Context = Entity->getDeclContext();
1417 if (Context->isFileContext())
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001418 return S.getOwningModule(Entity);
1419 return getDefiningModule(S, cast<Decl>(Context));
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001420}
1421
1422llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &Sema::getLookupModules() {
1423 unsigned N = ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size();
1424 for (unsigned I = ActiveTemplateInstantiationLookupModules.size();
1425 I != N; ++I) {
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001426 Module *M =
1427 getDefiningModule(*this, ActiveTemplateInstantiations[I].Entity);
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001428 if (M && !LookupModulesCache.insert(M).second)
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001429 M = nullptr;
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001430 ActiveTemplateInstantiationLookupModules.push_back(M);
1431 }
1432 return LookupModulesCache;
1433}
1434
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001435bool Sema::hasVisibleMergedDefinition(NamedDecl *Def) {
1436 for (Module *Merged : Context.getModulesWithMergedDefinition(Def))
1437 if (isModuleVisible(Merged))
1438 return true;
1439 return false;
1440}
1441
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001442template<typename ParmDecl>
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001443static bool
1444hasVisibleDefaultArgument(Sema &S, const ParmDecl *D,
1445 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules) {
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001446 if (!D->hasDefaultArgument())
1447 return false;
1448
1449 while (D) {
1450 auto &DefaultArg = D->getDefaultArgStorage();
1451 if (!DefaultArg.isInherited() && S.isVisible(D))
1452 return true;
1453
Richard Smith63e09bf2015-06-17 20:39:41 +00001454 if (!DefaultArg.isInherited() && Modules) {
1455 auto *NonConstD = const_cast<ParmDecl*>(D);
1456 Modules->push_back(S.getOwningModule(NonConstD));
1457 const auto &Merged = S.Context.getModulesWithMergedDefinition(NonConstD);
1458 Modules->insert(Modules->end(), Merged.begin(), Merged.end());
1459 }
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001460
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001461 // If there was a previous default argument, maybe its parameter is visible.
1462 D = DefaultArg.getInheritedFrom();
1463 }
1464 return false;
1465}
1466
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001467bool Sema::hasVisibleDefaultArgument(const NamedDecl *D,
1468 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules) {
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001469 if (auto *P = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(D))
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001470 return ::hasVisibleDefaultArgument(*this, P, Modules);
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001471 if (auto *P = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(D))
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001472 return ::hasVisibleDefaultArgument(*this, P, Modules);
1473 return ::hasVisibleDefaultArgument(*this, cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(D),
1474 Modules);
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001475}
1476
Richard Smith6739a102016-05-05 00:56:12 +00001477bool Sema::hasVisibleMemberSpecialization(
1478 const NamedDecl *D, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules) {
1479 assert(isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()) &&
1480 "not a member specialization");
1481 for (auto *Redecl : D->redecls()) {
1482 // If the specialization is declared at namespace scope, then it's a member
1483 // specialization declaration. If it's lexically inside the class
1484 // definition then it was instantiated.
1485 //
1486 // FIXME: This is a hack. There should be a better way to determine this.
1487 // FIXME: What about MS-style explicit specializations declared within a
1488 // class definition?
1489 if (Redecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFileContext()) {
1490 auto *NonConstR = const_cast<NamedDecl*>(cast<NamedDecl>(Redecl));
1491
1492 if (isVisible(NonConstR))
1493 return true;
1494
1495 if (Modules) {
1496 Modules->push_back(getOwningModule(NonConstR));
1497 const auto &Merged = Context.getModulesWithMergedDefinition(NonConstR);
1498 Modules->insert(Modules->end(), Merged.begin(), Merged.end());
1499 }
1500 }
1501 }
1502
1503 return false;
1504}
1505
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001506/// \brief Determine whether a declaration is visible to name lookup.
1507///
1508/// This routine determines whether the declaration D is visible in the current
1509/// lookup context, taking into account the current template instantiation
1510/// stack. During template instantiation, a declaration is visible if it is
1511/// visible from a module containing any entity on the template instantiation
1512/// path (by instantiating a template, you allow it to see the declarations that
1513/// your module can see, including those later on in your module).
1514bool LookupResult::isVisibleSlow(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *D) {
Richard Smithbe3980b2015-03-27 00:41:57 +00001515 assert(D->isHidden() && "should not call this: not in slow case");
Richard Smith5196a172015-08-24 03:38:11 +00001516 Module *DeclModule = nullptr;
1517
1518 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) {
1519 DeclModule = SemaRef.getOwningModule(D);
1520 if (!DeclModule) {
1521 // getOwningModule() may have decided the declaration should not be hidden.
1522 assert(!D->isHidden() && "hidden decl not from a module");
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001523 return true;
Richard Smith5196a172015-08-24 03:38:11 +00001524 }
1525
1526 // If the owning module is visible, and the decl is not module private,
1527 // then the decl is visible too. (Module private is ignored within the same
1528 // top-level module.)
1529 if ((!D->isFromASTFile() || !D->isModulePrivate()) &&
1530 (SemaRef.isModuleVisible(DeclModule) ||
1531 SemaRef.hasVisibleMergedDefinition(D)))
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001532 return true;
1533 }
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001534
Richard Smithbe3980b2015-03-27 00:41:57 +00001535 // If this declaration is not at namespace scope nor module-private,
1536 // then it is visible if its lexical parent has a visible definition.
1537 DeclContext *DC = D->getLexicalDeclContext();
1538 if (!D->isModulePrivate() &&
1539 DC && !DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) {
Richard Smithc7d48d12015-05-20 17:50:35 +00001540 // For a parameter, check whether our current template declaration's
1541 // lexical context is visible, not whether there's some other visible
1542 // definition of it, because parameters aren't "within" the definition.
1543 if ((D->isTemplateParameter() || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D))
1544 ? isVisible(SemaRef, cast<NamedDecl>(DC))
1545 : SemaRef.hasVisibleDefinition(cast<NamedDecl>(DC))) {
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001546 if (SemaRef.ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() &&
1547 // FIXME: Do something better in this case.
1548 !SemaRef.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) {
Richard Smithbe3980b2015-03-27 00:41:57 +00001549 // Cache the fact that this declaration is implicitly visible because
1550 // its parent has a visible definition.
1551 D->setHidden(false);
1552 }
1553 return true;
1554 }
1555 return false;
1556 }
1557
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001558 // Find the extra places where we need to look.
1559 llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &LookupModules = SemaRef.getLookupModules();
1560 if (LookupModules.empty())
1561 return false;
1562
Richard Smith5196a172015-08-24 03:38:11 +00001563 if (!DeclModule) {
1564 DeclModule = SemaRef.getOwningModule(D);
1565 assert(DeclModule && "hidden decl not from a module");
1566 }
1567
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001568 // If our lookup set contains the decl's module, it's visible.
1569 if (LookupModules.count(DeclModule))
1570 return true;
1571
1572 // If the declaration isn't exported, it's not visible in any other module.
1573 if (D->isModulePrivate())
1574 return false;
1575
1576 // Check whether DeclModule is transitively exported to an import of
1577 // the lookup set.
Yaron Keren941ad902015-11-23 19:28:42 +00001578 return std::any_of(LookupModules.begin(), LookupModules.end(),
Yaron Keren4c31fcf2015-11-24 20:18:24 +00001579 [&](Module *M) { return M->isModuleVisible(DeclModule); });
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001580}
1581
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001582bool Sema::isVisibleSlow(const NamedDecl *D) {
1583 return LookupResult::isVisible(*this, const_cast<NamedDecl*>(D));
1584}
1585
Richard Smith10568d82015-11-17 03:02:41 +00001586bool Sema::shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(LookupResult &R, const NamedDecl *New) {
1587 for (auto *D : R) {
1588 if (isVisible(D))
1589 return true;
1590 }
1591 return New->isExternallyVisible();
1592}
1593
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001594/// \brief Retrieve the visible declaration corresponding to D, if any.
1595///
1596/// This routine determines whether the declaration D is visible in the current
1597/// module, with the current imports. If not, it checks whether any
1598/// redeclaration of D is visible, and if so, returns that declaration.
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001599///
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001600/// \returns D, or a visible previous declaration of D, whichever is more recent
1601/// and visible. If no declaration of D is visible, returns null.
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001602static NamedDecl *findAcceptableDecl(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *D) {
1603 assert(!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, D) && "not in slow case");
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001604
Aaron Ballman86c93902014-03-06 23:45:36 +00001605 for (auto RD : D->redecls()) {
Richard Smith4083e032016-02-17 21:52:44 +00001606 // Don't bother with extra checks if we already know this one isn't visible.
1607 if (RD == D)
1608 continue;
1609
Richard Smith6739a102016-05-05 00:56:12 +00001610 auto ND = cast<NamedDecl>(RD);
1611 // FIXME: This is wrong in the case where the previous declaration is not
1612 // visible in the same scope as D. This needs to be done much more
1613 // carefully.
1614 if (LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, ND))
1615 return ND;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001616 }
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001617
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001618 return nullptr;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001619}
1620
Richard Smith6739a102016-05-05 00:56:12 +00001621bool Sema::hasVisibleDeclarationSlow(const NamedDecl *D,
1622 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules) {
1623 assert(!isVisible(D) && "not in slow case");
1624
1625 for (auto *Redecl : D->redecls()) {
1626 auto *NonConstR = const_cast<NamedDecl*>(cast<NamedDecl>(Redecl));
1627 if (isVisible(NonConstR))
1628 return true;
1629
1630 if (Modules) {
1631 Modules->push_back(getOwningModule(NonConstR));
1632 const auto &Merged = Context.getModulesWithMergedDefinition(NonConstR);
1633 Modules->insert(Modules->end(), Merged.begin(), Merged.end());
1634 }
1635 }
1636
1637 return false;
1638}
1639
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001640NamedDecl *LookupResult::getAcceptableDeclSlow(NamedDecl *D) const {
Richard Smith4083e032016-02-17 21:52:44 +00001641 if (auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(D)) {
1642 // Namespaces are a bit of a special case: we expect there to be a lot of
1643 // redeclarations of some namespaces, all declarations of a namespace are
1644 // essentially interchangeable, all declarations are found by name lookup
1645 // if any is, and namespaces are never looked up during template
1646 // instantiation. So we benefit from caching the check in this case, and
1647 // it is correct to do so.
1648 auto *Key = ND->getCanonicalDecl();
1649 if (auto *Acceptable = getSema().VisibleNamespaceCache.lookup(Key))
1650 return Acceptable;
1651 auto *Acceptable =
1652 isVisible(getSema(), Key) ? Key : findAcceptableDecl(getSema(), Key);
1653 if (Acceptable)
1654 getSema().VisibleNamespaceCache.insert(std::make_pair(Key, Acceptable));
1655 return Acceptable;
1656 }
1657
Kaelyn Takatafc8c61a2014-11-11 23:00:42 +00001658 return findAcceptableDecl(getSema(), D);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001659}
1660
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001661/// @brief Perform unqualified name lookup starting from a given
1662/// scope.
1663///
1664/// Unqualified name lookup (C++ [basic.lookup.unqual], C99 6.2.1) is
1665/// used to find names within the current scope. For example, 'x' in
1666/// @code
1667/// int x;
1668/// int f() {
1669/// return x; // unqualified name look finds 'x' in the global scope
1670/// }
1671/// @endcode
1672///
1673/// Different lookup criteria can find different names. For example, a
1674/// particular scope can have both a struct and a function of the same
1675/// name, and each can be found by certain lookup criteria. For more
1676/// information about lookup criteria, see the documentation for the
1677/// class LookupCriteria.
1678///
1679/// @param S The scope from which unqualified name lookup will
1680/// begin. If the lookup criteria permits, name lookup may also search
1681/// in the parent scopes.
1682///
James Dennett91738ff2012-06-22 10:32:46 +00001683/// @param [in,out] R Specifies the lookup to perform (e.g., the name to
1684/// look up and the lookup kind), and is updated with the results of lookup
1685/// including zero or more declarations and possibly additional information
1686/// used to diagnose ambiguities.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001687///
James Dennett91738ff2012-06-22 10:32:46 +00001688/// @returns \c true if lookup succeeded and false otherwise.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001689bool Sema::LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, bool AllowBuiltinCreation) {
1690 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001691 if (!Name) return false;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001692
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001693 LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
1694
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00001695 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001696 // Unqualified name lookup in C/Objective-C is purely lexical, so
1697 // search in the declarations attached to the name.
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +00001698 if (NameKind == Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001699 // Find the nearest non-transparent declaration scope.
1700 while (!(S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) ||
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001701 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001702 S = S->getParent();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001703 }
1704
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001705 // When performing a scope lookup, we want to find local extern decls.
1706 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(R);
1707
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001708 // Scan up the scope chain looking for a decl that matches this
1709 // identifier that is in the appropriate namespace. This search
1710 // should not take long, as shadowing of names is uncommon, and
1711 // deep shadowing is extremely uncommon.
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001712 bool LeftStartingScope = false;
1713
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001714 for (IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(Name),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001715 IEnd = IdResolver.end();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001716 I != IEnd; ++I)
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001717 if (NamedDecl *D = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001718 if (NameKind == LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
1719 // Determine whether this (or a previous) declaration is
1720 // out-of-scope.
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00001721 if (!LeftStartingScope && !S->isDeclScope(*I))
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001722 LeftStartingScope = true;
1723
1724 // If we found something outside of our starting scope that
1725 // does not have linkage, skip it.
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001726 if (LeftStartingScope && !((*I)->hasLinkage())) {
1727 R.setShadowed();
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001728 continue;
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001729 }
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001730 }
Fariborz Jahanian7f4427f2011-07-12 17:16:56 +00001731 else if (NameKind == LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam &&
1732 !isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(*I))
1733 continue;
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001734
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001735 R.addDecl(D);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001736
Douglas Gregorb59643b2012-01-03 23:26:26 +00001737 // Check whether there are any other declarations with the same name
1738 // and in the same scope.
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001739 if (I != IEnd) {
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001740 // Find the scope in which this declaration was declared (if it
1741 // actually exists in a Scope).
1742 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(D))
1743 S = S->getParent();
1744
1745 // If the scope containing the declaration is the translation unit,
1746 // then we'll need to perform our checks based on the matching
1747 // DeclContexts rather than matching scopes.
1748 if (S && isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S))
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001749 S = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001750
1751 // Compute the DeclContext, if we need it.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001752 DeclContext *DC = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001753 if (!S)
1754 DC = (*I)->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1755
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001756 IdentifierResolver::iterator LastI = I;
1757 for (++LastI; LastI != IEnd; ++LastI) {
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001758 if (S) {
1759 // Match based on scope.
1760 if (!S->isDeclScope(*LastI))
1761 break;
1762 } else {
1763 // Match based on DeclContext.
1764 DeclContext *LastDC
1765 = (*LastI)->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1766 if (!LastDC->Equals(DC))
1767 break;
1768 }
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001769
1770 // If the declaration is in the right namespace and visible, add it.
1771 if (NamedDecl *LastD = R.getAcceptableDecl(*LastI))
1772 R.addDecl(LastD);
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001773 }
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001774
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001775 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001776 }
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001777
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001778 return true;
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001779 }
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001780 } else {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001781 // Perform C++ unqualified name lookup.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001782 if (CppLookupName(R, S))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001783 return true;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001784 }
1785
1786 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, and if the identifier
1787 // corresponds to a compiler builtin, create the decl object for the builtin
1788 // now, injecting it into translation unit scope, and return it.
Axel Naumann43dec142011-04-13 13:19:46 +00001789 if (AllowBuiltinCreation && LookupBuiltin(*this, R))
1790 return true;
Douglas Gregorb9063fc2009-02-13 23:20:09 +00001791
Axel Naumann016538a2011-02-24 16:47:47 +00001792 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, the ExternalSource
1793 // may be able to handle the situation.
1794 // Note: some lookup failures are expected!
1795 // See e.g. R.isForRedeclaration().
1796 return (ExternalSource && ExternalSource->LookupUnqualified(R, S));
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001797}
1798
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001799/// @brief Perform qualified name lookup in the namespaces nominated by
1800/// using directives by the given context.
1801///
1802/// C++98 [namespace.qual]p2:
James Dennett51a8d8b2012-06-19 21:05:49 +00001803/// Given X::m (where X is a user-declared namespace), or given \::m
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001804/// (where X is the global namespace), let S be the set of all
1805/// declarations of m in X and in the transitive closure of all
1806/// namespaces nominated by using-directives in X and its used
1807/// namespaces, except that using-directives are ignored in any
1808/// namespace, including X, directly containing one or more
1809/// declarations of m. No namespace is searched more than once in
1810/// the lookup of a name. If S is the empty set, the program is
1811/// ill-formed. Otherwise, if S has exactly one member, or if the
1812/// context of the reference is a using-declaration
1813/// (namespace.udecl), S is the required set of declarations of
1814/// m. Otherwise if the use of m is not one that allows a unique
1815/// declaration to be chosen from S, the program is ill-formed.
James Dennett51a8d8b2012-06-19 21:05:49 +00001816///
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001817/// C++98 [namespace.qual]p5:
1818/// During the lookup of a qualified namespace member name, if the
1819/// lookup finds more than one declaration of the member, and if one
1820/// declaration introduces a class name or enumeration name and the
1821/// other declarations either introduce the same object, the same
1822/// enumerator or a set of functions, the non-type name hides the
1823/// class or enumeration name if and only if the declarations are
1824/// from the same namespace; otherwise (the declarations are from
1825/// different namespaces), the program is ill-formed.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001826static bool LookupQualifiedNameInUsingDirectives(Sema &S, LookupResult &R,
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001827 DeclContext *StartDC) {
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001828 assert(StartDC->isFileContext() && "start context is not a file context");
1829
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00001830 DeclContext::udir_range UsingDirectives = StartDC->using_directives();
1831 if (UsingDirectives.begin() == UsingDirectives.end()) return false;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001832
1833 // We have at least added all these contexts to the queue.
Benjamin Kramer3adbe1c2012-02-23 16:06:01 +00001834 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext*, 8> Visited;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001835 Visited.insert(StartDC);
1836
1837 // We have not yet looked into these namespaces, much less added
1838 // their "using-children" to the queue.
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00001839 SmallVector<NamespaceDecl*, 8> Queue;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001840
1841 // We have already looked into the initial namespace; seed the queue
1842 // with its using-children.
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00001843 for (auto *I : UsingDirectives) {
1844 NamespaceDecl *ND = I->getNominatedNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace();
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +00001845 if (Visited.insert(ND).second)
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001846 Queue.push_back(ND);
1847 }
1848
1849 // The easiest way to implement the restriction in [namespace.qual]p5
1850 // is to check whether any of the individual results found a tag
1851 // and, if so, to declare an ambiguity if the final result is not
1852 // a tag.
1853 bool FoundTag = false;
1854 bool FoundNonTag = false;
1855
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00001856 LookupResult LocalR(LookupResult::Temporary, R);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001857
1858 bool Found = false;
1859 while (!Queue.empty()) {
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00001860 NamespaceDecl *ND = Queue.pop_back_val();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001861
1862 // We go through some convolutions here to avoid copying results
1863 // between LookupResults.
1864 bool UseLocal = !R.empty();
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00001865 LookupResult &DirectR = UseLocal ? LocalR : R;
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001866 bool FoundDirect = LookupDirect(S, DirectR, ND);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001867
1868 if (FoundDirect) {
1869 // First do any local hiding.
1870 DirectR.resolveKind();
1871
1872 // If the local result is a tag, remember that.
1873 if (DirectR.isSingleTagDecl())
1874 FoundTag = true;
1875 else
1876 FoundNonTag = true;
1877
1878 // Append the local results to the total results if necessary.
1879 if (UseLocal) {
1880 R.addAllDecls(LocalR);
1881 LocalR.clear();
1882 }
1883 }
1884
1885 // If we find names in this namespace, ignore its using directives.
1886 if (FoundDirect) {
1887 Found = true;
1888 continue;
1889 }
1890
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00001891 for (auto I : ND->using_directives()) {
Aaron Ballman63ab7602014-03-07 13:44:44 +00001892 NamespaceDecl *Nom = I->getNominatedNamespace();
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +00001893 if (Visited.insert(Nom).second)
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001894 Queue.push_back(Nom);
1895 }
1896 }
1897
1898 if (Found) {
1899 if (FoundTag && FoundNonTag)
1900 R.setAmbiguousQualifiedTagHiding();
1901 else
1902 R.resolveKind();
1903 }
1904
1905 return Found;
1906}
1907
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001908/// \brief Callback that looks for any member of a class with the given name.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001909static bool LookupAnyMember(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
Benjamin Kramer6e4f6e12015-07-25 15:07:25 +00001910 CXXBasePath &Path, DeclarationName Name) {
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001911 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001912
Benjamin Kramer6e4f6e12015-07-25 15:07:25 +00001913 Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name);
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001914 return !Path.Decls.empty();
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001915}
1916
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001917/// \brief Determine whether the given set of member declarations contains only
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001918/// static members, nested types, and enumerators.
1919template<typename InputIterator>
1920static bool HasOnlyStaticMembers(InputIterator First, InputIterator Last) {
1921 Decl *D = (*First)->getUnderlyingDecl();
1922 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<TypeDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D))
1923 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001924
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001925 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1926 // Determine whether all of the methods are static.
1927 bool AllMethodsAreStatic = true;
1928 for(; First != Last; ++First) {
1929 D = (*First)->getUnderlyingDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001930
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001931 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1932 assert(isa<TagDecl>(D) && "Non-function must be a tag decl");
1933 break;
1934 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001935
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001936 if (!cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isStatic()) {
1937 AllMethodsAreStatic = false;
1938 break;
1939 }
1940 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001941
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001942 if (AllMethodsAreStatic)
1943 return true;
1944 }
1945
1946 return false;
1947}
1948
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001949/// \brief Perform qualified name lookup into a given context.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001950///
1951/// Qualified name lookup (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]) is used to find
1952/// names when the context of those names is explicit specified, e.g.,
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001953/// "std::vector" or "x->member", or as part of unqualified name lookup.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001954///
1955/// Different lookup criteria can find different names. For example, a
1956/// particular scope can have both a struct and a function of the same
1957/// name, and each can be found by certain lookup criteria. For more
1958/// information about lookup criteria, see the documentation for the
1959/// class LookupCriteria.
1960///
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001961/// \param R captures both the lookup criteria and any lookup results found.
1962///
1963/// \param LookupCtx The context in which qualified name lookup will
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001964/// search. If the lookup criteria permits, name lookup may also search
1965/// in the parent contexts or (for C++ classes) base classes.
1966///
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001967/// \param InUnqualifiedLookup true if this is qualified name lookup that
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001968/// occurs as part of unqualified name lookup.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001969///
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001970/// \returns true if lookup succeeded, false if it failed.
1971bool Sema::LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
1972 bool InUnqualifiedLookup) {
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001973 assert(LookupCtx && "Sema::LookupQualifiedName requires a lookup context");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001974
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001975 if (!R.getLookupName())
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001976 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001977
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00001978 // Make sure that the declaration context is complete.
1979 assert((!isa<TagDecl>(LookupCtx) ||
1980 LookupCtx->isDependentContext() ||
John McCallf937c022011-10-07 06:10:15 +00001981 cast<TagDecl>(LookupCtx)->isCompleteDefinition() ||
Richard Smith7d137e32012-03-23 03:33:32 +00001982 cast<TagDecl>(LookupCtx)->isBeingDefined()) &&
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00001983 "Declaration context must already be complete!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001984
Eugene Leviant0d8103e2015-11-18 12:48:05 +00001985 struct QualifiedLookupInScope {
1986 bool oldVal;
1987 DeclContext *Context;
1988 // Set flag in DeclContext informing debugger that we're looking for qualified name
1989 QualifiedLookupInScope(DeclContext *ctx) : Context(ctx) {
1990 oldVal = ctx->setUseQualifiedLookup();
1991 }
1992 ~QualifiedLookupInScope() {
1993 Context->setUseQualifiedLookup(oldVal);
1994 }
1995 } QL(LookupCtx);
1996
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001997 if (LookupDirect(*this, R, LookupCtx)) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001998 R.resolveKind();
John McCall553c0792010-01-23 00:46:32 +00001999 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx))
2000 R.setNamingClass(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx));
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002001 return true;
2002 }
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002003
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002004 // Don't descend into implied contexts for redeclarations.
2005 // C++98 [namespace.qual]p6:
2006 // In a declaration for a namespace member in which the
2007 // declarator-id is a qualified-id, given that the qualified-id
2008 // for the namespace member has the form
2009 // nested-name-specifier unqualified-id
2010 // the unqualified-id shall name a member of the namespace
2011 // designated by the nested-name-specifier.
2012 // See also [class.mfct]p5 and [class.static.data]p2.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002013 if (R.isForRedeclaration())
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002014 return false;
2015
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002016 // If this is a namespace, look it up in the implied namespaces.
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002017 if (LookupCtx->isFileContext())
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00002018 return LookupQualifiedNameInUsingDirectives(*this, R, LookupCtx);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002019
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00002020 // If this isn't a C++ class, we aren't allowed to look into base
Douglas Gregorcc2427c2009-09-11 22:57:37 +00002021 // classes, we're done.
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00002022 CXXRecordDecl *LookupRec = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx);
Douglas Gregor5a5fcd82010-07-01 00:21:21 +00002023 if (!LookupRec || !LookupRec->getDefinition())
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002024 return false;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002025
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00002026 // If we're performing qualified name lookup into a dependent class,
2027 // then we are actually looking into a current instantiation. If we have any
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002028 // dependent base classes, then we either have to delay lookup until
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00002029 // template instantiation time (at which point all bases will be available)
2030 // or we have to fail.
2031 if (!InUnqualifiedLookup && LookupRec->isDependentContext() &&
2032 LookupRec->hasAnyDependentBases()) {
2033 R.setNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation();
2034 return false;
2035 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002036
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002037 // Perform lookup into our base classes.
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002038 CXXBasePaths Paths;
2039 Paths.setOrigin(LookupRec);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002040
2041 // Look for this member in our base classes
Benjamin Kramer6e4f6e12015-07-25 15:07:25 +00002042 bool (*BaseCallback)(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path,
2043 DeclarationName Name) = nullptr;
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002044 switch (R.getLookupKind()) {
Fariborz Jahanian7f4427f2011-07-12 17:16:56 +00002045 case LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam:
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002046 case LookupOrdinaryName:
2047 case LookupMemberName:
2048 case LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage:
Richard Smith114394f2013-08-09 04:35:01 +00002049 case LookupLocalFriendName:
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002050 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindOrdinaryMember;
2051 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002052
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002053 case LookupTagName:
2054 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindTagMember;
2055 break;
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +00002056
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00002057 case LookupAnyName:
2058 BaseCallback = &LookupAnyMember;
2059 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002060
Alexey Bataev94a4f0c2016-03-03 05:21:39 +00002061 case LookupOMPReductionName:
2062 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindOMPReductionMember;
2063 break;
2064
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +00002065 case LookupUsingDeclName:
2066 // This lookup is for redeclarations only.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002067
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002068 case LookupOperatorName:
2069 case LookupNamespaceName:
2070 case LookupObjCProtocolName:
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00002071 case LookupLabel:
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002072 // These lookups will never find a member in a C++ class (or base class).
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002073 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002074
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002075 case LookupNestedNameSpecifierName:
2076 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindNestedNameSpecifierMember;
2077 break;
2078 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002079
Benjamin Kramer6e4f6e12015-07-25 15:07:25 +00002080 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
2081 if (!LookupRec->lookupInBases(
2082 [=](const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) {
2083 return BaseCallback(Specifier, Path, Name);
2084 },
2085 Paths))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002086 return false;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002087
John McCall553c0792010-01-23 00:46:32 +00002088 R.setNamingClass(LookupRec);
2089
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002090 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p2:
2091 // [...] If the resulting set of declarations are not all from
2092 // sub-objects of the same type, or the set has a nonstatic member
2093 // and includes members from distinct sub-objects, there is an
2094 // ambiguity and the program is ill-formed. Otherwise that set is
2095 // the result of the lookup.
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002096 QualType SubobjectType;
Daniel Dunbar435bbe02009-01-15 18:32:35 +00002097 int SubobjectNumber = 0;
John McCalla332b952010-03-18 23:49:19 +00002098 AccessSpecifier SubobjectAccess = AS_none;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002099
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002100 for (CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator Path = Paths.begin(), PathEnd = Paths.end();
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002101 Path != PathEnd; ++Path) {
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002102 const CXXBasePathElement &PathElement = Path->back();
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002103
John McCall401982f2010-01-20 21:53:11 +00002104 // Pick the best (i.e. most permissive i.e. numerically lowest) access
2105 // across all paths.
2106 SubobjectAccess = std::min(SubobjectAccess, Path->Access);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002107
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002108 // Determine whether we're looking at a distinct sub-object or not.
2109 if (SubobjectType.isNull()) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002110 // This is the first subobject we've looked at. Record its type.
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002111 SubobjectType = Context.getCanonicalType(PathElement.Base->getType());
2112 SubobjectNumber = PathElement.SubobjectNumber;
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002113 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002114 }
2115
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002116 if (SubobjectType
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002117 != Context.getCanonicalType(PathElement.Base->getType())) {
2118 // We found members of the given name in two subobjects of
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002119 // different types. If the declaration sets aren't the same, this
Nikola Smiljanic1c125682014-07-09 05:42:35 +00002120 // lookup is ambiguous.
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002121 if (HasOnlyStaticMembers(Path->Decls.begin(), Path->Decls.end())) {
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002122 CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator FirstPath = Paths.begin();
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002123 DeclContext::lookup_iterator FirstD = FirstPath->Decls.begin();
2124 DeclContext::lookup_iterator CurrentD = Path->Decls.begin();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002125
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002126 while (FirstD != FirstPath->Decls.end() &&
2127 CurrentD != Path->Decls.end()) {
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002128 if ((*FirstD)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getCanonicalDecl() !=
2129 (*CurrentD)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getCanonicalDecl())
2130 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002131
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002132 ++FirstD;
2133 ++CurrentD;
2134 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002135
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002136 if (FirstD == FirstPath->Decls.end() &&
2137 CurrentD == Path->Decls.end())
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002138 continue;
2139 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002140
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002141 R.setAmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes(Paths);
2142 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002143 }
2144
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002145 if (SubobjectNumber != PathElement.SubobjectNumber) {
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002146 // We have a different subobject of the same type.
2147
2148 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p5:
2149 // A static member, a nested type or an enumerator defined in
2150 // a base class T can unambiguously be found even if an object
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002151 // has more than one base class subobject of type T.
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002152 if (HasOnlyStaticMembers(Path->Decls.begin(), Path->Decls.end()))
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002153 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002154
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002155 // We have found a nonstatic member name in multiple, distinct
2156 // subobjects. Name lookup is ambiguous.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002157 R.setAmbiguousBaseSubobjects(Paths);
2158 return true;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002159 }
2160 }
2161
2162 // Lookup in a base class succeeded; return these results.
2163
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002164 for (auto *D : Paths.front().Decls) {
John McCall553c0792010-01-23 00:46:32 +00002165 AccessSpecifier AS = CXXRecordDecl::MergeAccess(SubobjectAccess,
2166 D->getAccess());
2167 R.addDecl(D, AS);
2168 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002169 R.resolveKind();
2170 return true;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002171}
2172
Nikola Smiljanicfce370e2014-12-01 23:15:01 +00002173/// \brief Performs qualified name lookup or special type of lookup for
2174/// "__super::" scope specifier.
2175///
2176/// This routine is a convenience overload meant to be called from contexts
2177/// that need to perform a qualified name lookup with an optional C++ scope
2178/// specifier that might require special kind of lookup.
2179///
2180/// \param R captures both the lookup criteria and any lookup results found.
2181///
2182/// \param LookupCtx The context in which qualified name lookup will
2183/// search.
2184///
2185/// \param SS An optional C++ scope-specifier.
2186///
2187/// \returns true if lookup succeeded, false if it failed.
2188bool Sema::LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
2189 CXXScopeSpec &SS) {
2190 auto *NNS = SS.getScopeRep();
2191 if (NNS && NNS->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super)
2192 return LookupInSuper(R, NNS->getAsRecordDecl());
2193 else
2194
2195 return LookupQualifiedName(R, LookupCtx);
2196}
2197
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002198/// @brief Performs name lookup for a name that was parsed in the
2199/// source code, and may contain a C++ scope specifier.
2200///
2201/// This routine is a convenience routine meant to be called from
2202/// contexts that receive a name and an optional C++ scope specifier
2203/// (e.g., "N::M::x"). It will then perform either qualified or
2204/// unqualified name lookup (with LookupQualifiedName or LookupName,
Nikola Smiljanic905bfda2014-10-04 10:17:57 +00002205/// respectively) on the given name and return those results. It will
2206/// perform a special type of lookup for "__super::" scope specifier.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002207///
2208/// @param S The scope from which unqualified name lookup will
2209/// begin.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002210///
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002211/// @param SS An optional C++ scope-specifier, e.g., "::N::M".
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002212///
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002213/// @param EnteringContext Indicates whether we are going to enter the
2214/// context of the scope-specifier SS (if present).
2215///
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002216/// @returns True if any decls were found (but possibly ambiguous)
Jeffrey Yasskinc76498d2010-04-08 16:38:48 +00002217bool Sema::LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002218 bool AllowBuiltinCreation, bool EnteringContext) {
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002219 if (SS && SS->isInvalid()) {
2220 // When the scope specifier is invalid, don't even look for
Douglas Gregorc9f9b862009-05-11 19:58:34 +00002221 // anything.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002222 return false;
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002223 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002224
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002225 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
Nikola Smiljanic905bfda2014-10-04 10:17:57 +00002226 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS->getScopeRep();
2227 if (NNS->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super)
2228 return LookupInSuper(R, NNS->getAsRecordDecl());
2229
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002230 if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, EnteringContext)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002231 // We have resolved the scope specifier to a particular declaration
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002232 // contex, and will perform name lookup in that context.
John McCall0b66eb32010-05-01 00:40:08 +00002233 if (!DC->isDependentContext() && RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, DC))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002234 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002235
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002236 R.setContextRange(SS->getRange());
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002237 return LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002238 }
Douglas Gregorc9f9b862009-05-11 19:58:34 +00002239
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002240 // We could not resolve the scope specified to a specific declaration
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002241 // context, which means that SS refers to an unknown specialization.
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002242 // Name lookup can't find anything in this case.
Douglas Gregor89ab56d2011-10-24 22:24:50 +00002243 R.setNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation();
2244 R.setContextRange(SS->getRange());
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002245 return false;
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00002246 }
2247
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002248 // Perform unqualified name lookup starting in the given scope.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002249 return LookupName(R, S, AllowBuiltinCreation);
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002250}
2251
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00002252/// \brief Perform qualified name lookup into all base classes of the given
2253/// class.
2254///
2255/// \param R captures both the lookup criteria and any lookup results found.
2256///
2257/// \param Class The context in which qualified name lookup will
2258/// search. Name lookup will search in all base classes merging the results.
Nikola Smiljanic905bfda2014-10-04 10:17:57 +00002259///
2260/// @returns True if any decls were found (but possibly ambiguous)
2261bool Sema::LookupInSuper(LookupResult &R, CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
John McCallf4a1b772015-09-09 23:04:17 +00002262 // The access-control rules we use here are essentially the rules for
2263 // doing a lookup in Class that just magically skipped the direct
2264 // members of Class itself. That is, the naming class is Class, and the
2265 // access includes the access of the base.
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00002266 for (const auto &BaseSpec : Class->bases()) {
2267 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
2268 BaseSpec.getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
2269 LookupResult Result(*this, R.getLookupNameInfo(), R.getLookupKind());
2270 Result.setBaseObjectType(Context.getRecordType(Class));
2271 LookupQualifiedName(Result, RD);
John McCallf4a1b772015-09-09 23:04:17 +00002272
2273 // Copy the lookup results into the target, merging the base's access into
2274 // the path access.
2275 for (auto I = Result.begin(), E = Result.end(); I != E; ++I) {
2276 R.addDecl(I.getDecl(),
2277 CXXRecordDecl::MergeAccess(BaseSpec.getAccessSpecifier(),
2278 I.getAccess()));
2279 }
2280
2281 Result.suppressDiagnostics();
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00002282 }
2283
2284 R.resolveKind();
John McCallf4a1b772015-09-09 23:04:17 +00002285 R.setNamingClass(Class);
Nikola Smiljanic905bfda2014-10-04 10:17:57 +00002286
2287 return !R.empty();
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00002288}
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002289
James Dennett41725122012-06-22 10:16:05 +00002290/// \brief Produce a diagnostic describing the ambiguity that resulted
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002291/// from name lookup.
2292///
James Dennett41725122012-06-22 10:16:05 +00002293/// \param Result The result of the ambiguous lookup to be diagnosed.
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002294void Sema::DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result) {
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002295 assert(Result.isAmbiguous() && "Lookup result must be ambiguous");
2296
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002297 DeclarationName Name = Result.getLookupName();
2298 SourceLocation NameLoc = Result.getNameLoc();
2299 SourceRange LookupRange = Result.getContextRange();
2300
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002301 switch (Result.getAmbiguityKind()) {
2302 case LookupResult::AmbiguousBaseSubobjects: {
2303 CXXBasePaths *Paths = Result.getBasePaths();
2304 QualType SubobjectType = Paths->front().back().Base->getType();
2305 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_member_multiple_subobjects)
2306 << Name << SubobjectType << getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(*Paths)
2307 << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002308
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002309 DeclContext::lookup_iterator Found = Paths->front().Decls.begin();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002310 while (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(*Found) &&
2311 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Found)->isStatic())
2312 ++Found;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002313
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002314 Diag((*Found)->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_member_found);
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002315 break;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002316 }
Douglas Gregor1c846b02009-01-16 00:38:09 +00002317
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002318 case LookupResult::AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes: {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002319 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_member_multiple_subobject_types)
2320 << Name << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002321
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002322 CXXBasePaths *Paths = Result.getBasePaths();
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002323 std::set<Decl *> DeclsPrinted;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002324 for (CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator Path = Paths->begin(),
2325 PathEnd = Paths->end();
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002326 Path != PathEnd; ++Path) {
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002327 Decl *D = Path->Decls.front();
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002328 if (DeclsPrinted.insert(D).second)
2329 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_member_found);
2330 }
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002331 break;
Douglas Gregor1c846b02009-01-16 00:38:09 +00002332 }
2333
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002334 case LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding: {
2335 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_tag_hiding) << Name << LookupRange;
Douglas Gregorf23311d2009-01-17 01:13:24 +00002336
Nick Lewycky4b81fc872015-10-18 20:32:12 +00002337 llvm::SmallPtrSet<NamedDecl*, 8> TagDecls;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002338
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002339 for (auto *D : Result)
2340 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) {
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002341 TagDecls.insert(TD);
2342 Diag(TD->getLocation(), diag::note_hidden_tag);
2343 }
2344
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002345 for (auto *D : Result)
2346 if (!isa<TagDecl>(D))
2347 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_hiding_object);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002348
2349 // For recovery purposes, go ahead and implement the hiding.
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00002350 LookupResult::Filter F = Result.makeFilter();
2351 while (F.hasNext()) {
2352 if (TagDecls.count(F.next()))
2353 F.erase();
2354 }
2355 F.done();
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002356 break;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002357 }
2358
2359 case LookupResult::AmbiguousReference: {
2360 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_reference) << Name << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002361
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002362 for (auto *D : Result)
2363 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_candidate) << D;
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002364 break;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002365 }
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002366 }
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002367}
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002368
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002369namespace {
2370 struct AssociatedLookup {
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002371 AssociatedLookup(Sema &S, SourceLocation InstantiationLoc,
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002372 Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces,
2373 Sema::AssociatedClassSet &Classes)
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002374 : S(S), Namespaces(Namespaces), Classes(Classes),
2375 InstantiationLoc(InstantiationLoc) {
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002376 }
2377
2378 Sema &S;
2379 Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces;
2380 Sema::AssociatedClassSet &Classes;
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002381 SourceLocation InstantiationLoc;
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002382 };
Hans Wennborgdcfba332015-10-06 23:40:43 +00002383} // end anonymous namespace
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002384
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002385static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002386addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result, QualType T);
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00002387
Douglas Gregor8b895222010-04-30 07:08:38 +00002388static void CollectEnclosingNamespace(Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces,
2389 DeclContext *Ctx) {
2390 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
2391
2392 // We don't use DeclContext::getEnclosingNamespaceContext() as this may
2393 // be a locally scoped record.
2394
Sebastian Redlbd595762010-08-31 20:53:31 +00002395 // We skip out of inline namespaces. The innermost non-inline namespace
2396 // contains all names of all its nested inline namespaces anyway, so we can
2397 // replace the entire inline namespace tree with its root.
2398 while (Ctx->isRecord() || Ctx->isTransparentContext() ||
2399 Ctx->isInlineNamespace())
Douglas Gregor8b895222010-04-30 07:08:38 +00002400 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
2401
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00002402 if (Ctx->isFileContext())
Douglas Gregor8b895222010-04-30 07:08:38 +00002403 Namespaces.insert(Ctx->getPrimaryContext());
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00002404}
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002405
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002406// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002407// lookup that involves a template argument (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002408static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002409addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result,
2410 const TemplateArgument &Arg) {
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002411 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2, last bullet:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002412 // -- [...] ;
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002413 switch (Arg.getKind()) {
2414 case TemplateArgument::Null:
2415 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002416
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002417 case TemplateArgument::Type:
2418 // [...] the namespaces and classes associated with the types of the
2419 // template arguments provided for template type parameters (excluding
2420 // template template parameters)
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002421 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Arg.getAsType());
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002422 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002423
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002424 case TemplateArgument::Template:
Douglas Gregore4ff4b52011-01-05 18:58:31 +00002425 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion: {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002426 // [...] the namespaces in which any template template arguments are
2427 // defined; and the classes in which any member templates used as
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002428 // template template arguments are defined.
Douglas Gregore4ff4b52011-01-05 18:58:31 +00002429 TemplateName Template = Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002430 if (ClassTemplateDecl *ClassTemplate
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002431 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl())) {
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002432 DeclContext *Ctx = ClassTemplate->getDeclContext();
2433 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002434 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002435 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002436 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002437 }
2438 break;
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002439 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002440
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002441 case TemplateArgument::Declaration:
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002442 case TemplateArgument::Integral:
2443 case TemplateArgument::Expression:
Eli Friedmanb826a002012-09-26 02:36:12 +00002444 case TemplateArgument::NullPtr:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002445 // [Note: non-type template arguments do not contribute to the set of
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002446 // associated namespaces. ]
2447 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002448
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002449 case TemplateArgument::Pack:
Aaron Ballman2a89e852014-07-15 21:32:31 +00002450 for (const auto &P : Arg.pack_elements())
2451 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, P);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002452 break;
2453 }
2454}
2455
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002456// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002457// argument-dependent lookup with an argument of class type
2458// (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
2459static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002460addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result,
2461 CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
2462
2463 // Just silently ignore anything whose name is __va_list_tag.
2464 if (Class->getDeclName() == Result.S.VAListTagName)
2465 return;
2466
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002467 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2468 // [...]
2469 // -- If T is a class type (including unions), its associated
2470 // classes are: the class itself; the class of which it is a
2471 // member, if any; and its direct and indirect base
2472 // classes. Its associated namespaces are the namespaces in
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002473 // which its associated classes are defined.
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002474
2475 // Add the class of which it is a member, if any.
2476 DeclContext *Ctx = Class->getDeclContext();
2477 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002478 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002479 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002480 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002481
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002482 // Add the class itself. If we've already seen this class, we don't
2483 // need to visit base classes.
Richard Smith594461f2014-03-14 22:07:27 +00002484 //
2485 // FIXME: That's not correct, we may have added this class only because it
2486 // was the enclosing class of another class, and in that case we won't have
2487 // added its base classes yet.
Richard Smith6642bb32016-03-24 19:12:22 +00002488 if (!Result.Classes.insert(Class))
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002489 return;
2490
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002491 // -- If T is a template-id, its associated namespaces and classes are
2492 // the namespace in which the template is defined; for member
NAKAMURA Takumi7c288862011-01-27 07:09:49 +00002493 // templates, the member template's class; the namespaces and classes
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002494 // associated with the types of the template arguments provided for
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002495 // template type parameters (excluding template template parameters); the
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002496 // namespaces in which any template template arguments are defined; and
2497 // the classes in which any member templates used as template template
2498 // arguments are defined. [Note: non-type template arguments do not
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002499 // contribute to the set of associated namespaces. ]
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002500 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002501 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Class)) {
2502 DeclContext *Ctx = Spec->getSpecializedTemplate()->getDeclContext();
2503 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002504 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002505 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002506 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002507
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002508 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs();
2509 for (unsigned I = 0, N = TemplateArgs.size(); I != N; ++I)
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002510 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, TemplateArgs[I]);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002511 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002512
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00002513 // Only recurse into base classes for complete types.
Richard Smithdb0ac552015-12-18 22:40:25 +00002514 if (!Result.S.isCompleteType(Result.InstantiationLoc,
2515 Result.S.Context.getRecordType(Class)))
Richard Smith594461f2014-03-14 22:07:27 +00002516 return;
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00002517
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002518 // Add direct and indirect base classes along with their associated
2519 // namespaces.
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002520 SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 32> Bases;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002521 Bases.push_back(Class);
2522 while (!Bases.empty()) {
2523 // Pop this class off the stack.
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00002524 Class = Bases.pop_back_val();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002525
2526 // Visit the base classes.
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002527 for (const auto &Base : Class->bases()) {
2528 const RecordType *BaseType = Base.getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redlc45c03c2009-10-25 09:35:33 +00002529 // In dependent contexts, we do ADL twice, and the first time around,
2530 // the base type might be a dependent TemplateSpecializationType, or a
2531 // TemplateTypeParmType. If that happens, simply ignore it.
2532 // FIXME: If we want to support export, we probably need to add the
2533 // namespace of the template in a TemplateSpecializationType, or even
2534 // the classes and namespaces of known non-dependent arguments.
2535 if (!BaseType)
2536 continue;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002537 CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseType->getDecl());
Richard Smith6642bb32016-03-24 19:12:22 +00002538 if (Result.Classes.insert(BaseDecl)) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002539 // Find the associated namespace for this base class.
2540 DeclContext *BaseCtx = BaseDecl->getDeclContext();
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002541 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, BaseCtx);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002542
2543 // Make sure we visit the bases of this base class.
2544 if (BaseDecl->bases_begin() != BaseDecl->bases_end())
2545 Bases.push_back(BaseDecl);
2546 }
2547 }
2548 }
2549}
2550
2551// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for
2552// argument-dependent lookup with an argument of type T
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002553// (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
2554static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002555addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result, QualType Ty) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002556 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2557 //
2558 // For each argument type T in the function call, there is a set
2559 // of zero or more associated namespaces and a set of zero or more
2560 // associated classes to be considered. The sets of namespaces and
2561 // classes is determined entirely by the types of the function
2562 // arguments (and the namespace of any template template
2563 // argument). Typedef names and using-declarations used to specify
2564 // the types do not contribute to this set. The sets of namespaces
2565 // and classes are determined in the following way:
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002566
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002567 SmallVector<const Type *, 16> Queue;
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002568 const Type *T = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal().getTypePtr();
2569
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002570 while (true) {
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002571 switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
2572
2573#define TYPE(Class, Base)
2574#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2575#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2576#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2577#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
2578#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
2579 // T is canonical. We can also ignore dependent types because
2580 // we don't need to do ADL at the definition point, but if we
2581 // wanted to implement template export (or if we find some other
2582 // use for associated classes and namespaces...) this would be
2583 // wrong.
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002584 break;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002585
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002586 // -- If T is a pointer to U or an array of U, its associated
2587 // namespaces and classes are those associated with U.
2588 case Type::Pointer:
2589 T = cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2590 continue;
2591 case Type::ConstantArray:
2592 case Type::IncompleteArray:
2593 case Type::VariableArray:
2594 T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
2595 continue;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002596
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002597 // -- If T is a fundamental type, its associated sets of
2598 // namespaces and classes are both empty.
2599 case Type::Builtin:
2600 break;
2601
2602 // -- If T is a class type (including unions), its associated
2603 // classes are: the class itself; the class of which it is a
2604 // member, if any; and its direct and indirect base
2605 // classes. Its associated namespaces are the namespaces in
2606 // which its associated classes are defined.
2607 case Type::Record: {
Richard Smith82b8d4e2015-12-18 22:19:11 +00002608 CXXRecordDecl *Class =
2609 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(cast<RecordType>(T)->getDecl());
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002610 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Class);
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002611 break;
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00002612 }
Douglas Gregorfe60c142010-05-20 02:26:51 +00002613
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002614 // -- If T is an enumeration type, its associated namespace is
2615 // the namespace in which it is defined. If it is class
NAKAMURA Takumi7c288862011-01-27 07:09:49 +00002616 // member, its associated class is the member's class; else
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002617 // it has no associated class.
2618 case Type::Enum: {
2619 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumType>(T)->getDecl();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002620
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002621 DeclContext *Ctx = Enum->getDeclContext();
2622 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002623 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002624
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002625 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002626 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002627
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002628 break;
2629 }
2630
2631 // -- If T is a function type, its associated namespaces and
2632 // classes are those associated with the function parameter
2633 // types and those associated with the return type.
2634 case Type::FunctionProto: {
2635 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T);
Aaron Ballman40bd0aa2014-03-17 15:23:01 +00002636 for (const auto &Arg : Proto->param_types())
2637 Queue.push_back(Arg.getTypePtr());
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002638 // fallthrough
2639 }
2640 case Type::FunctionNoProto: {
2641 const FunctionType *FnType = cast<FunctionType>(T);
Alp Toker314cc812014-01-25 16:55:45 +00002642 T = FnType->getReturnType().getTypePtr();
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002643 continue;
2644 }
2645
2646 // -- If T is a pointer to a member function of a class X, its
2647 // associated namespaces and classes are those associated
2648 // with the function parameter types and return type,
2649 // together with those associated with X.
2650 //
2651 // -- If T is a pointer to a data member of class X, its
2652 // associated namespaces and classes are those associated
2653 // with the member type together with those associated with
2654 // X.
2655 case Type::MemberPointer: {
2656 const MemberPointerType *MemberPtr = cast<MemberPointerType>(T);
2657
2658 // Queue up the class type into which this points.
2659 Queue.push_back(MemberPtr->getClass());
2660
2661 // And directly continue with the pointee type.
2662 T = MemberPtr->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2663 continue;
2664 }
2665
2666 // As an extension, treat this like a normal pointer.
2667 case Type::BlockPointer:
2668 T = cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2669 continue;
2670
2671 // References aren't covered by the standard, but that's such an
2672 // obvious defect that we cover them anyway.
2673 case Type::LValueReference:
2674 case Type::RValueReference:
2675 T = cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2676 continue;
2677
2678 // These are fundamental types.
2679 case Type::Vector:
2680 case Type::ExtVector:
2681 case Type::Complex:
2682 break;
2683
Richard Smith27d807c2013-04-30 13:56:41 +00002684 // Non-deduced auto types only get here for error cases.
2685 case Type::Auto:
2686 break;
2687
Douglas Gregor8e936662011-04-12 01:02:45 +00002688 // If T is an Objective-C object or interface type, or a pointer to an
2689 // object or interface type, the associated namespace is the global
2690 // namespace.
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002691 case Type::ObjCObject:
2692 case Type::ObjCInterface:
2693 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
Douglas Gregor8e936662011-04-12 01:02:45 +00002694 Result.Namespaces.insert(Result.S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002695 break;
Eli Friedman0dfb8892011-10-06 23:00:33 +00002696
2697 // Atomic types are just wrappers; use the associations of the
2698 // contained type.
2699 case Type::Atomic:
2700 T = cast<AtomicType>(T)->getValueType().getTypePtr();
2701 continue;
Xiuli Pan9c14e282016-01-09 12:53:17 +00002702 case Type::Pipe:
2703 T = cast<PipeType>(T)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
2704 continue;
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002705 }
2706
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00002707 if (Queue.empty())
2708 break;
2709 T = Queue.pop_back_val();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002710 }
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002711}
2712
2713/// \brief Find the associated classes and namespaces for
2714/// argument-dependent lookup for a call with the given set of
2715/// arguments.
2716///
2717/// This routine computes the sets of associated classes and associated
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002718/// namespaces searched by argument-dependent lookup
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002719/// (C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]) for a given set of arguments.
Robert Wilhelm16e94b92013-08-09 18:02:13 +00002720void Sema::FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(
2721 SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2722 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces,
2723 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002724 AssociatedNamespaces.clear();
2725 AssociatedClasses.clear();
2726
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002727 AssociatedLookup Result(*this, InstantiationLoc,
2728 AssociatedNamespaces, AssociatedClasses);
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002729
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002730 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2731 // For each argument type T in the function call, there is a set
2732 // of zero or more associated namespaces and a set of zero or more
2733 // associated classes to be considered. The sets of namespaces and
2734 // classes is determined entirely by the types of the function
2735 // arguments (and the namespace of any template template
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002736 // argument).
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002737 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != Args.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002738 Expr *Arg = Args[ArgIdx];
2739
2740 if (Arg->getType() != Context.OverloadTy) {
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002741 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Arg->getType());
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002742 continue;
2743 }
2744
2745 // [...] In addition, if the argument is the name or address of a
2746 // set of overloaded functions and/or function templates, its
2747 // associated classes and namespaces are the union of those
2748 // associated with each of the members of the set: the namespace
2749 // in which the function or function template is defined and the
2750 // classes and namespaces associated with its (non-dependent)
2751 // parameter types and return type.
Douglas Gregorbe759252009-07-08 10:57:20 +00002752 Arg = Arg->IgnoreParens();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002753 if (UnaryOperator *unaryOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(Arg))
John McCalle3027922010-08-25 11:45:40 +00002754 if (unaryOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002755 Arg = unaryOp->getSubExpr();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002756
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002757 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Arg);
2758 if (!ULE) continue;
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002759
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002760 for (const auto *D : ULE->decls()) {
Chandler Carruthc25c6ee2009-12-29 06:17:27 +00002761 // Look through any using declarations to find the underlying function.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002762 const FunctionDecl *FDecl = D->getUnderlyingDecl()->getAsFunction();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002763
2764 // Add the classes and namespaces associated with the parameter
2765 // types and return type of this function.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002766 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, FDecl->getType());
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002767 }
2768 }
2769}
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002770
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002771NamedDecl *Sema::LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name,
Douglas Gregorb2ccf012010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002772 SourceLocation Loc,
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002773 LookupNameKind NameKind,
2774 RedeclarationKind Redecl) {
Douglas Gregorb2ccf012010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002775 LookupResult R(*this, Name, Loc, NameKind, Redecl);
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002776 LookupName(R, S);
John McCall67c00872009-12-02 08:25:40 +00002777 return R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002778}
2779
Douglas Gregorde9f17e2009-04-23 23:18:26 +00002780/// \brief Find the protocol with the given name, if any.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002781ObjCProtocolDecl *Sema::LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II,
Douglas Gregor32c17572012-01-01 20:30:41 +00002782 SourceLocation IdLoc,
2783 RedeclarationKind Redecl) {
Douglas Gregorb2ccf012010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002784 Decl *D = LookupSingleName(TUScope, II, IdLoc,
Douglas Gregor32c17572012-01-01 20:30:41 +00002785 LookupObjCProtocolName, Redecl);
Douglas Gregorde9f17e2009-04-23 23:18:26 +00002786 return cast_or_null<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D);
2787}
2788
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002789void Sema::LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002790 QualType T1, QualType T2,
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00002791 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002792 // C++ [over.match.oper]p3:
2793 // -- The set of non-member candidates is the result of the
2794 // unqualified lookup of operator@ in the context of the
2795 // expression according to the usual rules for name lookup in
2796 // unqualified function calls (3.4.2) except that all member
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00002797 // functions are ignored.
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002798 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002799 LookupResult Operators(*this, OpName, SourceLocation(), LookupOperatorName);
2800 LookupName(Operators, S);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002801
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002802 assert(!Operators.isAmbiguous() && "Operator lookup cannot be ambiguous");
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00002803 Functions.append(Operators.begin(), Operators.end());
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002804}
2805
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002806Sema::SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Sema::LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *RD,
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002807 CXXSpecialMember SM,
2808 bool ConstArg,
2809 bool VolatileArg,
2810 bool RValueThis,
2811 bool ConstThis,
2812 bool VolatileThis) {
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +00002813 assert(CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(RD) &&
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002814 "doing special member lookup into record that isn't fully complete");
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +00002815 RD = RD->getDefinition();
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002816 if (RValueThis || ConstThis || VolatileThis)
2817 assert((SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment) &&
2818 "constructors and destructors always have unqualified lvalue this");
2819 if (ConstArg || VolatileArg)
2820 assert((SM != CXXDefaultConstructor && SM != CXXDestructor) &&
2821 "parameter-less special members can't have qualified arguments");
2822
2823 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002824 ID.AddPointer(RD);
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002825 ID.AddInteger(SM);
2826 ID.AddInteger(ConstArg);
2827 ID.AddInteger(VolatileArg);
2828 ID.AddInteger(RValueThis);
2829 ID.AddInteger(ConstThis);
2830 ID.AddInteger(VolatileThis);
2831
2832 void *InsertPoint;
2833 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
2834 SpecialMemberCache.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPoint);
2835
2836 // This was already cached
2837 if (Result)
2838 return Result;
2839
Alexis Huntba8e18d2011-06-07 00:11:58 +00002840 Result = BumpAlloc.Allocate<SpecialMemberOverloadResult>();
2841 Result = new (Result) SpecialMemberOverloadResult(ID);
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002842 SpecialMemberCache.InsertNode(Result, InsertPoint);
2843
2844 if (SM == CXXDestructor) {
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002845 if (RD->needsImplicitDestructor())
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002846 DeclareImplicitDestructor(RD);
2847 CXXDestructorDecl *DD = RD->getDestructor();
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002848 assert(DD && "record without a destructor");
2849 Result->setMethod(DD);
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002850 Result->setKind(DD->isDeleted() ?
2851 SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted :
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002852 SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Success);
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002853 return Result;
2854 }
2855
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002856 // Prepare for overload resolution. Here we construct a synthetic argument
2857 // if necessary and make sure that implicit functions are declared.
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002858 CanQualType CanTy = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTagDeclType(RD));
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002859 DeclarationName Name;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002860 Expr *Arg = nullptr;
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002861 unsigned NumArgs;
2862
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002863 QualType ArgType = CanTy;
2864 ExprValueKind VK = VK_LValue;
2865
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002866 if (SM == CXXDefaultConstructor) {
2867 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(CanTy);
2868 NumArgs = 0;
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002869 if (RD->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
2870 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(RD);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002871 } else {
2872 if (SM == CXXCopyConstructor || SM == CXXMoveConstructor) {
2873 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(CanTy);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002874 if (RD->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002875 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(RD);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00002876 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && RD->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002877 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(RD);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002878 } else {
2879 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Equal);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002880 if (RD->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002881 DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(RD);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00002882 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && RD->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002883 DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(RD);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002884 }
2885
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002886 if (ConstArg)
2887 ArgType.addConst();
2888 if (VolatileArg)
2889 ArgType.addVolatile();
2890
2891 // This isn't /really/ specified by the standard, but it's implied
2892 // we should be working from an RValue in the case of move to ensure
2893 // that we prefer to bind to rvalue references, and an LValue in the
2894 // case of copy to ensure we don't bind to rvalue references.
2895 // Possibly an XValue is actually correct in the case of move, but
2896 // there is no semantic difference for class types in this restricted
2897 // case.
Alexis Hunt46d1ce22011-06-22 22:13:13 +00002898 if (SM == CXXCopyConstructor || SM == CXXCopyAssignment)
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002899 VK = VK_LValue;
2900 else
2901 VK = VK_RValue;
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002902 }
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002903
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002904 OpaqueValueExpr FakeArg(SourceLocation(), ArgType, VK);
2905
2906 if (SM != CXXDefaultConstructor) {
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002907 NumArgs = 1;
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002908 Arg = &FakeArg;
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002909 }
2910
2911 // Create the object argument
2912 QualType ThisTy = CanTy;
2913 if (ConstThis)
2914 ThisTy.addConst();
2915 if (VolatileThis)
2916 ThisTy.addVolatile();
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002917 Expr::Classification Classification =
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002918 OpaqueValueExpr(SourceLocation(), ThisTy,
2919 RValueThis ? VK_RValue : VK_LValue).Classify(Context);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002920
2921 // Now we perform lookup on the name we computed earlier and do overload
2922 // resolution. Lookup is only performed directly into the class since there
2923 // will always be a (possibly implicit) declaration to shadow any others.
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00002924 OverloadCandidateSet OCS(RD->getLocation(), OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002925 DeclContext::lookup_result R = RD->lookup(Name);
Richard Smith8c37ab52015-02-11 01:48:47 +00002926
2927 if (R.empty()) {
2928 // We might have no default constructor because we have a lambda's closure
2929 // type, rather than because there's some other declared constructor.
2930 // Every class has a copy/move constructor, copy/move assignment, and
2931 // destructor.
2932 assert(SM == CXXDefaultConstructor &&
2933 "lookup for a constructor or assignment operator was empty");
2934 Result->setMethod(nullptr);
2935 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted);
2936 return Result;
2937 }
Chandler Carruth7deaae72013-08-18 07:20:52 +00002938
2939 // Copy the candidates as our processing of them may load new declarations
2940 // from an external source and invalidate lookup_result.
2941 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 8> Candidates(R.begin(), R.end());
2942
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002943 for (auto *Cand : Candidates) {
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002944 if (Cand->isInvalidDecl())
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002945 continue;
2946
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002947 if (UsingShadowDecl *U = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Cand)) {
2948 // FIXME: [namespace.udecl]p15 says that we should only consider a
2949 // using declaration here if it does not match a declaration in the
2950 // derived class. We do not implement this correctly in other cases
2951 // either.
2952 Cand = U->getTargetDecl();
2953
2954 if (Cand->isInvalidDecl())
2955 continue;
2956 }
2957
2958 if (CXXMethodDecl *M = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Cand)) {
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002959 if (SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment)
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002960 AddMethodCandidate(M, DeclAccessPair::make(M, AS_public), RD, ThisTy,
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002961 Classification, llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs),
2962 OCS, true);
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002963 else
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002964 AddOverloadCandidate(M, DeclAccessPair::make(M, AS_public),
2965 llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs), OCS, true);
Alexis Hunt2949f022011-06-22 02:58:46 +00002966 } else if (FunctionTemplateDecl *Tmpl =
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002967 dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Cand)) {
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002968 if (SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment)
2969 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(Tmpl, DeclAccessPair::make(Tmpl, AS_public),
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002970 RD, nullptr, ThisTy, Classification,
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002971 llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs),
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002972 OCS, true);
2973 else
2974 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(Tmpl, DeclAccessPair::make(Tmpl, AS_public),
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002975 nullptr, llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs),
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002976 OCS, true);
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002977 } else {
2978 assert(isa<UsingDecl>(Cand) && "illegal Kind of operator = Decl");
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002979 }
2980 }
2981
2982 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
2983 switch (OCS.BestViableFunction(*this, SourceLocation(), Best)) {
2984 case OR_Success:
2985 Result->setMethod(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function));
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002986 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Success);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002987 break;
2988
2989 case OR_Deleted:
2990 Result->setMethod(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function));
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002991 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002992 break;
2993
2994 case OR_Ambiguous:
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002995 Result->setMethod(nullptr);
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002996 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Ambiguous);
2997 break;
2998
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002999 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003000 Result->setMethod(nullptr);
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00003001 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00003002 break;
3003 }
3004
3005 return Result;
3006}
3007
3008/// \brief Look up the default constructor for the given class.
3009CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Alexis Hunt899bd442011-06-10 04:44:37 +00003010 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00003011 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXDefaultConstructor, false, false, false,
3012 false, false);
3013
3014 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result->getMethod());
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00003015}
3016
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00003017/// \brief Look up the copying constructor for the given class.
3018CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00003019 unsigned Quals) {
Alexis Hunt899bd442011-06-10 04:44:37 +00003020 assert(!(Quals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
3021 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy ctor arg");
3022 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
3023 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXCopyConstructor, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
3024 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, false, false, false);
3025
Alexis Hunt899bd442011-06-10 04:44:37 +00003026 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result->getMethod());
3027}
3028
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00003029/// \brief Look up the moving constructor for the given class.
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00003030CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
3031 unsigned Quals) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00003032 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00003033 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXMoveConstructor, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
3034 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, false, false, false);
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00003035
3036 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result->getMethod());
3037}
3038
Douglas Gregor52b72822010-07-02 23:12:18 +00003039/// \brief Look up the constructors for the given class.
3040DeclContext::lookup_result Sema::LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00003041 // If the implicit constructors have not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +00003042 if (CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Class)) {
Alexis Huntea6f0322011-05-11 22:34:38 +00003043 if (Class->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +00003044 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00003045 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +00003046 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00003047 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Class->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00003048 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +00003049 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003050
Douglas Gregor52b72822010-07-02 23:12:18 +00003051 CanQualType T = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(Class));
3052 DeclarationName Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(T);
3053 return Class->lookup(Name);
3054}
3055
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00003056/// \brief Look up the copying assignment operator for the given class.
3057CXXMethodDecl *Sema::LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
3058 unsigned Quals, bool RValueThis,
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00003059 unsigned ThisQuals) {
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00003060 assert(!(Quals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
3061 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment arg");
3062 assert(!(ThisQuals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
3063 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment this");
3064 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
3065 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXCopyAssignment, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
3066 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, RValueThis,
3067 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Const,
3068 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Volatile);
3069
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00003070 return Result->getMethod();
3071}
3072
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00003073/// \brief Look up the moving assignment operator for the given class.
3074CXXMethodDecl *Sema::LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00003075 unsigned Quals,
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00003076 bool RValueThis,
3077 unsigned ThisQuals) {
3078 assert(!(ThisQuals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
3079 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment this");
3080 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00003081 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXMoveAssignment, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
3082 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, RValueThis,
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00003083 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Const,
3084 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Volatile);
3085
3086 return Result->getMethod();
3087}
3088
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +00003089/// \brief Look for the destructor of the given class.
3090///
Alexis Hunt967ea7c2011-06-03 21:10:40 +00003091/// During semantic analysis, this routine should be used in lieu of
3092/// CXXRecordDecl::getDestructor().
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +00003093///
3094/// \returns The destructor for this class.
3095CXXDestructorDecl *Sema::LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00003096 return cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXDestructor,
3097 false, false, false,
3098 false, false)->getMethod());
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +00003099}
3100
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003101/// LookupLiteralOperator - Determine which literal operator should be used for
3102/// a user-defined literal, per C++11 [lex.ext].
3103///
3104/// Normal overload resolution is not used to select which literal operator to
3105/// call for a user-defined literal. Look up the provided literal operator name,
3106/// and filter the results to the appropriate set for the given argument types.
3107Sema::LiteralOperatorLookupResult
3108Sema::LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R,
3109 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys,
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003110 bool AllowRaw, bool AllowTemplate,
3111 bool AllowStringTemplate) {
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003112 LookupName(R, S);
3113 assert(R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Ambiguous &&
3114 "literal operator lookup can't be ambiguous");
3115
3116 // Filter the lookup results appropriately.
3117 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
3118
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003119 bool FoundRaw = false;
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003120 bool FoundTemplate = false;
3121 bool FoundStringTemplate = false;
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003122 bool FoundExactMatch = false;
3123
3124 while (F.hasNext()) {
3125 Decl *D = F.next();
3126 if (UsingShadowDecl *USD = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
3127 D = USD->getTargetDecl();
3128
Douglas Gregorc1970572013-04-10 05:18:00 +00003129 // If the declaration we found is invalid, skip it.
3130 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) {
3131 F.erase();
3132 continue;
3133 }
3134
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003135 bool IsRaw = false;
3136 bool IsTemplate = false;
3137 bool IsStringTemplate = false;
3138 bool IsExactMatch = false;
3139
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003140 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
3141 if (FD->getNumParams() == 1 &&
3142 FD->getParamDecl(0)->getType()->getAs<PointerType>())
3143 IsRaw = true;
Richard Smith550de452013-01-15 07:12:59 +00003144 else if (FD->getNumParams() == ArgTys.size()) {
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003145 IsExactMatch = true;
3146 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != ArgTys.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
3147 QualType ParamTy = FD->getParamDecl(ArgIdx)->getType();
3148 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ArgTys[ArgIdx], ParamTy)) {
3149 IsExactMatch = false;
3150 break;
3151 }
3152 }
3153 }
3154 }
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003155 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
3156 TemplateParameterList *Params = FD->getTemplateParameters();
3157 if (Params->size() == 1)
3158 IsTemplate = true;
3159 else
3160 IsStringTemplate = true;
3161 }
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003162
3163 if (IsExactMatch) {
3164 FoundExactMatch = true;
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003165 AllowRaw = false;
3166 AllowTemplate = false;
3167 AllowStringTemplate = false;
3168 if (FoundRaw || FoundTemplate || FoundStringTemplate) {
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003169 // Go through again and remove the raw and template decls we've
3170 // already found.
3171 F.restart();
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003172 FoundRaw = FoundTemplate = FoundStringTemplate = false;
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003173 }
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003174 } else if (AllowRaw && IsRaw) {
3175 FoundRaw = true;
3176 } else if (AllowTemplate && IsTemplate) {
3177 FoundTemplate = true;
3178 } else if (AllowStringTemplate && IsStringTemplate) {
3179 FoundStringTemplate = true;
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003180 } else {
3181 F.erase();
3182 }
3183 }
3184
3185 F.done();
3186
3187 // C++11 [lex.ext]p3, p4: If S contains a literal operator with a matching
3188 // parameter type, that is used in preference to a raw literal operator
3189 // or literal operator template.
3190 if (FoundExactMatch)
3191 return LOLR_Cooked;
3192
3193 // C++11 [lex.ext]p3, p4: S shall contain a raw literal operator or a literal
3194 // operator template, but not both.
3195 if (FoundRaw && FoundTemplate) {
3196 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call) << R.getLookupName();
Alp Tokera2794f92014-01-22 07:29:52 +00003197 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
Richard Smithc2bebe92016-05-11 20:37:46 +00003198 NoteOverloadCandidate(*I, (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getAsFunction());
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003199 return LOLR_Error;
3200 }
3201
3202 if (FoundRaw)
3203 return LOLR_Raw;
3204
3205 if (FoundTemplate)
3206 return LOLR_Template;
3207
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003208 if (FoundStringTemplate)
3209 return LOLR_StringTemplate;
3210
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003211 // Didn't find anything we could use.
3212 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_no_viable_literal_operator)
3213 << R.getLookupName() << (int)ArgTys.size() << ArgTys[0]
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003214 << (ArgTys.size() == 2 ? ArgTys[1] : QualType()) << AllowRaw
3215 << (AllowTemplate || AllowStringTemplate);
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003216 return LOLR_Error;
3217}
3218
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003219void ADLResult::insert(NamedDecl *New) {
3220 NamedDecl *&Old = Decls[cast<NamedDecl>(New->getCanonicalDecl())];
3221
3222 // If we haven't yet seen a decl for this key, or the last decl
3223 // was exactly this one, we're done.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003224 if (Old == nullptr || Old == New) {
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003225 Old = New;
3226 return;
3227 }
3228
3229 // Otherwise, decide which is a more recent redeclaration.
Alp Tokera2794f92014-01-22 07:29:52 +00003230 FunctionDecl *OldFD = Old->getAsFunction();
3231 FunctionDecl *NewFD = New->getAsFunction();
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003232
3233 FunctionDecl *Cursor = NewFD;
3234 while (true) {
Douglas Gregorec9fd132012-01-14 16:38:05 +00003235 Cursor = Cursor->getPreviousDecl();
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003236
3237 // If we got to the end without finding OldFD, OldFD is the newer
3238 // declaration; leave things as they are.
3239 if (!Cursor) return;
3240
3241 // If we do find OldFD, then NewFD is newer.
3242 if (Cursor == OldFD) break;
3243
3244 // Otherwise, keep looking.
3245 }
3246
3247 Old = New;
3248}
3249
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00003250void Sema::ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation Loc,
3251 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, ADLResult &Result) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003252 // Find all of the associated namespaces and classes based on the
3253 // arguments we have.
3254 AssociatedNamespaceSet AssociatedNamespaces;
3255 AssociatedClassSet AssociatedClasses;
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00003256 FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Loc, Args,
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00003257 AssociatedNamespaces,
3258 AssociatedClasses);
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003259
3260 // C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003261 // Let X be the lookup set produced by unqualified lookup (3.4.1)
3262 // and let Y be the lookup set produced by argument dependent
3263 // lookup (defined as follows). If X contains [...] then Y is
3264 // empty. Otherwise Y is the set of declarations found in the
3265 // namespaces associated with the argument types as described
3266 // below. The set of declarations found by the lookup of the name
3267 // is the union of X and Y.
3268 //
3269 // Here, we compute Y and add its members to the overloaded
3270 // candidate set.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003271 for (auto *NS : AssociatedNamespaces) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003272 // When considering an associated namespace, the lookup is the
3273 // same as the lookup performed when the associated namespace is
3274 // used as a qualifier (3.4.3.2) except that:
3275 //
3276 // -- Any using-directives in the associated namespace are
3277 // ignored.
3278 //
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00003279 // -- Any namespace-scope friend functions declared in
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003280 // associated classes are visible within their respective
3281 // namespaces even if they are not visible during an ordinary
3282 // lookup (11.4).
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003283 DeclContext::lookup_result R = NS->lookup(Name);
3284 for (auto *D : R) {
John McCallaa74a0c2009-08-28 07:59:38 +00003285 // If the only declaration here is an ordinary friend, consider
3286 // it only if it was declared in an associated classes.
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00003287 if ((D->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_Ordinary) == 0) {
3288 // If it's neither ordinarily visible nor a friend, we can't find it.
3289 if ((D->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_OrdinaryFriend) == 0)
3290 continue;
3291
Richard Smith64017682013-07-17 23:53:16 +00003292 bool DeclaredInAssociatedClass = false;
3293 for (Decl *DI = D; DI; DI = DI->getPreviousDecl()) {
3294 DeclContext *LexDC = DI->getLexicalDeclContext();
3295 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(LexDC) &&
Richard Smith82b8d4e2015-12-18 22:19:11 +00003296 AssociatedClasses.count(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LexDC)) &&
3297 isVisible(cast<NamedDecl>(DI))) {
Richard Smith64017682013-07-17 23:53:16 +00003298 DeclaredInAssociatedClass = true;
3299 break;
3300 }
3301 }
3302 if (!DeclaredInAssociatedClass)
John McCalld1e9d832009-08-11 06:59:38 +00003303 continue;
3304 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003305
John McCall91f61fc2010-01-26 06:04:06 +00003306 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
3307 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00003308
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00003309 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003310 continue;
3311
Richard Smitha1431072015-06-12 01:32:13 +00003312 if (!isVisible(D) && !(D = findAcceptableDecl(*this, D)))
3313 continue;
3314
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003315 Result.insert(D);
Douglas Gregor6127ca42009-06-23 20:14:09 +00003316 }
3317 }
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003318}
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003319
3320//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3321// Search for all visible declarations.
3322//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Angel Garcia Gomez637d1e62015-10-20 13:23:58 +00003323VisibleDeclConsumer::~VisibleDeclConsumer() { }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003324
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003325bool VisibleDeclConsumer::includeHiddenDecls() const { return false; }
3326
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003327namespace {
3328
3329class ShadowContextRAII;
3330
3331class VisibleDeclsRecord {
3332public:
3333 /// \brief An entry in the shadow map, which is optimized to store a
3334 /// single declaration (the common case) but can also store a list
3335 /// of declarations.
Chris Lattner83cfc7c2011-07-18 01:54:02 +00003336 typedef llvm::TinyPtrVector<NamedDecl*> ShadowMapEntry;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003337
3338private:
3339 /// \brief A mapping from declaration names to the declarations that have
3340 /// this name within a particular scope.
3341 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, ShadowMapEntry> ShadowMap;
3342
3343 /// \brief A list of shadow maps, which is used to model name hiding.
3344 std::list<ShadowMap> ShadowMaps;
3345
3346 /// \brief The declaration contexts we have already visited.
3347 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 8> VisitedContexts;
3348
3349 friend class ShadowContextRAII;
3350
3351public:
3352 /// \brief Determine whether we have already visited this context
3353 /// (and, if not, note that we are going to visit that context now).
3354 bool visitedContext(DeclContext *Ctx) {
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +00003355 return !VisitedContexts.insert(Ctx).second;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003356 }
3357
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003358 bool alreadyVisitedContext(DeclContext *Ctx) {
3359 return VisitedContexts.count(Ctx);
3360 }
3361
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003362 /// \brief Determine whether the given declaration is hidden in the
3363 /// current scope.
3364 ///
3365 /// \returns the declaration that hides the given declaration, or
3366 /// NULL if no such declaration exists.
3367 NamedDecl *checkHidden(NamedDecl *ND);
3368
3369 /// \brief Add a declaration to the current shadow map.
Chris Lattner83cfc7c2011-07-18 01:54:02 +00003370 void add(NamedDecl *ND) {
3371 ShadowMaps.back()[ND->getDeclName()].push_back(ND);
3372 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003373};
3374
3375/// \brief RAII object that records when we've entered a shadow context.
3376class ShadowContextRAII {
3377 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visible;
3378
3379 typedef VisibleDeclsRecord::ShadowMap ShadowMap;
3380
3381public:
3382 ShadowContextRAII(VisibleDeclsRecord &Visible) : Visible(Visible) {
Benjamin Kramer3204b152015-05-29 19:42:19 +00003383 Visible.ShadowMaps.emplace_back();
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003384 }
3385
3386 ~ShadowContextRAII() {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003387 Visible.ShadowMaps.pop_back();
3388 }
3389};
3390
3391} // end anonymous namespace
3392
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003393NamedDecl *VisibleDeclsRecord::checkHidden(NamedDecl *ND) {
3394 unsigned IDNS = ND->getIdentifierNamespace();
3395 std::list<ShadowMap>::reverse_iterator SM = ShadowMaps.rbegin();
3396 for (std::list<ShadowMap>::reverse_iterator SMEnd = ShadowMaps.rend();
3397 SM != SMEnd; ++SM) {
3398 ShadowMap::iterator Pos = SM->find(ND->getDeclName());
3399 if (Pos == SM->end())
3400 continue;
3401
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003402 for (auto *D : Pos->second) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003403 // A tag declaration does not hide a non-tag declaration.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003404 if (D->hasTagIdentifierNamespace() &&
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003405 (IDNS & (Decl::IDNS_Member | Decl::IDNS_Ordinary |
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003406 Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)))
3407 continue;
3408
3409 // Protocols are in distinct namespaces from everything else.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003410 if (((D->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003411 || (IDNS & Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)) &&
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003412 D->getIdentifierNamespace() != IDNS)
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003413 continue;
3414
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003415 // Functions and function templates in the same scope overload
3416 // rather than hide. FIXME: Look for hiding based on function
3417 // signatures!
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003418 if (D->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate() &&
Alp Tokera2794f92014-01-22 07:29:52 +00003419 ND->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate() &&
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003420 SM == ShadowMaps.rbegin())
Douglas Gregor200c99d2010-01-14 03:35:48 +00003421 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003422
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003423 // We've found a declaration that hides this one.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003424 return D;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003425 }
3426 }
3427
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003428 return nullptr;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003429}
3430
3431static void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupResult &Result,
3432 bool QualifiedNameLookup,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003433 bool InBaseClass,
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003434 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3435 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visited) {
Douglas Gregor0c8a1722010-02-04 23:42:48 +00003436 if (!Ctx)
3437 return;
3438
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003439 // Make sure we don't visit the same context twice.
3440 if (Visited.visitedContext(Ctx->getPrimaryContext()))
3441 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003442
Richard Smith9e2341d2015-03-23 03:25:59 +00003443 // Outside C++, lookup results for the TU live on identifiers.
3444 if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Ctx) &&
3445 !Result.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3446 auto &S = Result.getSema();
3447 auto &Idents = S.Context.Idents;
3448
3449 // Ensure all external identifiers are in the identifier table.
3450 if (IdentifierInfoLookup *External = Idents.getExternalIdentifierLookup()) {
3451 std::unique_ptr<IdentifierIterator> Iter(External->getIdentifiers());
3452 for (StringRef Name = Iter->Next(); !Name.empty(); Name = Iter->Next())
3453 Idents.get(Name);
3454 }
3455
3456 // Walk all lookup results in the TU for each identifier.
3457 for (const auto &Ident : Idents) {
3458 for (auto I = S.IdResolver.begin(Ident.getValue()),
3459 E = S.IdResolver.end();
3460 I != E; ++I) {
3461 if (S.IdResolver.isDeclInScope(*I, Ctx)) {
3462 if (NamedDecl *ND = Result.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
3463 Consumer.FoundDecl(ND, Visited.checkHidden(ND), Ctx, InBaseClass);
3464 Visited.add(ND);
3465 }
3466 }
3467 }
3468 }
3469
3470 return;
3471 }
3472
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +00003473 if (CXXRecordDecl *Class = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
3474 Result.getSema().ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(Class);
3475
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003476 // Enumerate all of the results in this context.
Richard Trieu20abd6b2015-04-15 03:48:48 +00003477 for (DeclContextLookupResult R : Ctx->lookups()) {
Richard Smith9e2341d2015-03-23 03:25:59 +00003478 for (auto *D : R) {
3479 if (auto *ND = Result.getAcceptableDecl(D)) {
3480 Consumer.FoundDecl(ND, Visited.checkHidden(ND), Ctx, InBaseClass);
3481 Visited.add(ND);
Douglas Gregora3b23b02010-12-09 21:44:02 +00003482 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003483 }
3484 }
3485
3486 // Traverse using directives for qualified name lookup.
3487 if (QualifiedNameLookup) {
3488 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00003489 for (auto I : Ctx->using_directives()) {
Aaron Ballman63ab7602014-03-07 13:44:44 +00003490 LookupVisibleDecls(I->getNominatedNamespace(), Result,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003491 QualifiedNameLookup, InBaseClass, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003492 }
3493 }
3494
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003495 // Traverse the contexts of inherited C++ classes.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003496 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx)) {
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00003497 if (!Record->hasDefinition())
3498 return;
3499
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00003500 for (const auto &B : Record->bases()) {
3501 QualType BaseType = B.getType();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003502
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003503 // Don't look into dependent bases, because name lookup can't look
3504 // there anyway.
3505 if (BaseType->isDependentType())
3506 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003507
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003508 const RecordType *Record = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>();
3509 if (!Record)
3510 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003511
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003512 // FIXME: It would be nice to be able to determine whether referencing
3513 // a particular member would be ambiguous. For example, given
3514 //
3515 // struct A { int member; };
3516 // struct B { int member; };
3517 // struct C : A, B { };
3518 //
3519 // void f(C *c) { c->### }
3520 //
3521 // accessing 'member' would result in an ambiguity. However, we
3522 // could be smart enough to qualify the member with the base
3523 // class, e.g.,
3524 //
3525 // c->B::member
3526 //
3527 // or
3528 //
3529 // c->A::member
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003530
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003531 // Find results in this base class (and its bases).
3532 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3533 LookupVisibleDecls(Record->getDecl(), Result, QualifiedNameLookup,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003534 true, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003535 }
3536 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003537
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003538 // Traverse the contexts of Objective-C classes.
3539 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Ctx)) {
3540 // Traverse categories.
Aaron Ballman3fe486a2014-03-13 21:23:55 +00003541 for (auto *Cat : IFace->visible_categories()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003542 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman3fe486a2014-03-13 21:23:55 +00003543 LookupVisibleDecls(Cat, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003544 Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003545 }
3546
3547 // Traverse protocols.
Aaron Ballmana9f49e32014-03-13 20:55:22 +00003548 for (auto *I : IFace->all_referenced_protocols()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003549 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballmana9f49e32014-03-13 20:55:22 +00003550 LookupVisibleDecls(I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003551 Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003552 }
3553
3554 // Traverse the superclass.
3555 if (IFace->getSuperClass()) {
3556 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3557 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace->getSuperClass(), Result, QualifiedNameLookup,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003558 true, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003559 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003560
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003561 // If there is an implementation, traverse it. We do this to find
3562 // synthesized ivars.
3563 if (IFace->getImplementation()) {
3564 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003565 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace->getImplementation(), Result,
Nick Lewycky13668f22012-04-03 20:26:45 +00003566 QualifiedNameLookup, InBaseClass, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003567 }
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003568 } else if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Protocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(Ctx)) {
Aaron Ballman0f6e64d2014-03-13 22:58:06 +00003569 for (auto *I : Protocol->protocols()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003570 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman0f6e64d2014-03-13 22:58:06 +00003571 LookupVisibleDecls(I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003572 Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003573 }
3574 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Category = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(Ctx)) {
Aaron Ballman19a41762014-03-14 12:55:57 +00003575 for (auto *I : Category->protocols()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003576 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman19a41762014-03-14 12:55:57 +00003577 LookupVisibleDecls(I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003578 Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003579 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003580
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003581 // If there is an implementation, traverse it.
3582 if (Category->getImplementation()) {
3583 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003584 LookupVisibleDecls(Category->getImplementation(), Result,
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003585 QualifiedNameLookup, true, Consumer, Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003586 }
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003587 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003588}
3589
3590static void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupResult &Result,
3591 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet &UDirs,
3592 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3593 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visited) {
3594 if (!S)
3595 return;
3596
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003597 if (!S->getEntity() ||
3598 (!S->getParent() &&
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00003599 !Visited.alreadyVisitedContext(S->getEntity())) ||
3600 (S->getEntity())->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00003601 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(Result);
Douglas Gregor712dcfe2010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003602 // Walk through the declarations in this Scope.
Aaron Ballman35c54952014-03-17 16:55:25 +00003603 for (auto *D : S->decls()) {
3604 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(D))
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00003605 if ((ND = Result.getAcceptableDecl(ND))) {
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003606 Consumer.FoundDecl(ND, Visited.checkHidden(ND), nullptr, false);
Douglas Gregor712dcfe2010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003607 Visited.add(ND);
3608 }
3609 }
3610 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003611
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00003612 // FIXME: C++ [temp.local]p8
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003613 DeclContext *Entity = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor4f248632010-01-01 17:44:25 +00003614 if (S->getEntity()) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003615 // Look into this scope's declaration context, along with any of its
3616 // parent lookup contexts (e.g., enclosing classes), up to the point
3617 // where we hit the context stored in the next outer scope.
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00003618 Entity = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00003619 DeclContext *OuterCtx = findOuterContext(S).first; // FIXME
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003620
Douglas Gregorea166062010-03-15 15:26:48 +00003621 for (DeclContext *Ctx = Entity; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003622 Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003623 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Ctx)) {
3624 if (Method->isInstanceMethod()) {
3625 // For instance methods, look for ivars in the method's interface.
3626 LookupResult IvarResult(Result.getSema(), Result.getLookupName(),
3627 Result.getNameLoc(), Sema::LookupMemberName);
Douglas Gregor05fcf842010-11-02 20:36:02 +00003628 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = Method->getClassInterface()) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003629 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace, IvarResult, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003630 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor05fcf842010-11-02 20:36:02 +00003631 }
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003632 }
3633
3634 // We've already performed all of the name lookup that we need
3635 // to for Objective-C methods; the next context will be the
3636 // outer scope.
3637 break;
3638 }
3639
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003640 if (Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod())
3641 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003642
3643 LookupVisibleDecls(Ctx, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003644 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003645 }
3646 } else if (!S->getParent()) {
3647 // Look into the translation unit scope. We walk through the translation
3648 // unit's declaration context, because the Scope itself won't have all of
3649 // the declarations if we loaded a precompiled header.
3650 // FIXME: We would like the translation unit's Scope object to point to the
3651 // translation unit, so we don't need this special "if" branch. However,
3652 // doing so would force the normal C++ name-lookup code to look into the
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003653 // translation unit decl when the IdentifierInfo chains would suffice.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003654 // Once we fix that problem (which is part of a more general "don't look
Douglas Gregor712dcfe2010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003655 // in DeclContexts unless we have to" optimization), we can eliminate this.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003656 Entity = Result.getSema().Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003657 LookupVisibleDecls(Entity, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003658 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003659 }
3660
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003661 if (Entity) {
3662 // Lookup visible declarations in any namespaces found by using
3663 // directives.
Benjamin Kramerb4ef6682015-02-06 17:25:10 +00003664 for (const UnqualUsingEntry &UUE : UDirs.getNamespacesFor(Entity))
3665 LookupVisibleDecls(const_cast<DeclContext *>(UUE.getNominatedNamespace()),
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003666 Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003667 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003668 }
3669
3670 // Lookup names in the parent scope.
3671 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3672 LookupVisibleDecls(S->getParent(), Result, UDirs, Consumer, Visited);
3673}
3674
3675void Sema::LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind,
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003676 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3677 bool IncludeGlobalScope) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003678 // Determine the set of using directives available during
3679 // unqualified name lookup.
3680 Scope *Initial = S;
3681 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet UDirs;
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003682 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003683 // Find the first namespace or translation-unit scope.
3684 while (S && !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S))
3685 S = S->getParent();
3686
3687 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, S);
3688 }
3689 UDirs.done();
3690
3691 // Look for visible declarations.
3692 LookupResult Result(*this, DeclarationName(), SourceLocation(), Kind);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003693 Result.setAllowHidden(Consumer.includeHiddenDecls());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003694 VisibleDeclsRecord Visited;
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003695 if (!IncludeGlobalScope)
3696 Visited.visitedContext(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003697 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3698 ::LookupVisibleDecls(Initial, Result, UDirs, Consumer, Visited);
3699}
3700
3701void Sema::LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind,
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003702 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3703 bool IncludeGlobalScope) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003704 LookupResult Result(*this, DeclarationName(), SourceLocation(), Kind);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003705 Result.setAllowHidden(Consumer.includeHiddenDecls());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003706 VisibleDeclsRecord Visited;
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003707 if (!IncludeGlobalScope)
3708 Visited.visitedContext(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003709 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003710 ::LookupVisibleDecls(Ctx, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/true,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003711 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003712}
3713
Chris Lattner43e7f312011-02-18 02:08:43 +00003714/// LookupOrCreateLabel - Do a name lookup of a label with the specified name.
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003715/// If GnuLabelLoc is a valid source location, then this is a definition
3716/// of an __label__ label name, otherwise it is a normal label definition
3717/// or use.
Chris Lattner43e7f312011-02-18 02:08:43 +00003718LabelDecl *Sema::LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation Loc,
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003719 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc) {
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003720 // Do a lookup to see if we have a label with this name already.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003721 NamedDecl *Res = nullptr;
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003722
3723 if (GnuLabelLoc.isValid()) {
3724 // Local label definitions always shadow existing labels.
3725 Res = LabelDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, Loc, II, GnuLabelLoc);
3726 Scope *S = CurScope;
3727 PushOnScopeChains(Res, S, true);
3728 return cast<LabelDecl>(Res);
3729 }
3730
3731 // Not a GNU local label.
3732 Res = LookupSingleName(CurScope, II, Loc, LookupLabel, NotForRedeclaration);
3733 // If we found a label, check to see if it is in the same context as us.
3734 // When in a Block, we don't want to reuse a label in an enclosing function.
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003735 if (Res && Res->getDeclContext() != CurContext)
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003736 Res = nullptr;
3737 if (!Res) {
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003738 // If not forward referenced or defined already, create the backing decl.
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003739 Res = LabelDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, Loc, II);
3740 Scope *S = CurScope->getFnParent();
Chris Lattner9ba479b2011-02-18 21:16:39 +00003741 assert(S && "Not in a function?");
3742 PushOnScopeChains(Res, S, true);
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003743 }
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003744 return cast<LabelDecl>(Res);
3745}
3746
3747//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003748// Typo correction
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003749//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003750
Kaelyn Takata0fc75192014-06-11 18:06:56 +00003751static bool isCandidateViable(CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
3752 TypoCorrection &Candidate) {
3753 Candidate.setCallbackDistance(CCC.RankCandidate(Candidate));
3754 return Candidate.getEditDistance(false) != TypoCorrection::InvalidDistance;
3755}
3756
3757static void LookupPotentialTypoResult(Sema &SemaRef,
3758 LookupResult &Res,
3759 IdentifierInfo *Name,
3760 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
3761 DeclContext *MemberContext,
3762 bool EnteringContext,
3763 bool isObjCIvarLookup,
3764 bool FindHidden);
3765
Kaelyn Takata9ab7fb62014-10-27 18:07:40 +00003766/// \brief Check whether the declarations found for a typo correction are
3767/// visible, and if none of them are, convert the correction to an 'import
3768/// a module' correction.
3769static void checkCorrectionVisibility(Sema &SemaRef, TypoCorrection &TC) {
3770 if (TC.begin() == TC.end())
3771 return;
3772
3773 TypoCorrection::decl_iterator DI = TC.begin(), DE = TC.end();
3774
3775 for (/**/; DI != DE; ++DI)
3776 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, *DI))
3777 break;
3778 // Nothing to do if all decls are visible.
3779 if (DI == DE)
3780 return;
3781
3782 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 4> NewDecls(TC.begin(), DI);
3783 bool AnyVisibleDecls = !NewDecls.empty();
3784
3785 for (/**/; DI != DE; ++DI) {
3786 NamedDecl *VisibleDecl = *DI;
3787 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, *DI))
3788 VisibleDecl = findAcceptableDecl(SemaRef, *DI);
3789
3790 if (VisibleDecl) {
3791 if (!AnyVisibleDecls) {
3792 // Found a visible decl, discard all hidden ones.
3793 AnyVisibleDecls = true;
3794 NewDecls.clear();
3795 }
3796 NewDecls.push_back(VisibleDecl);
3797 } else if (!AnyVisibleDecls && !(*DI)->isModulePrivate())
3798 NewDecls.push_back(*DI);
3799 }
3800
3801 if (NewDecls.empty())
3802 TC = TypoCorrection();
3803 else {
3804 TC.setCorrectionDecls(NewDecls);
3805 TC.setRequiresImport(!AnyVisibleDecls);
3806 }
3807}
3808
Kaelyn Takata0fc75192014-06-11 18:06:56 +00003809// Fill the supplied vector with the IdentifierInfo pointers for each piece of
3810// the given NestedNameSpecifier (i.e. given a NestedNameSpecifier "foo::bar::",
3811// fill the vector with the IdentifierInfo pointers for "foo" and "bar").
3812static void getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(
3813 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
3814 SmallVectorImpl<const IdentifierInfo*> &Identifiers) {
3815 if (NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = NNS->getPrefix())
3816 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(Prefix, Identifiers);
3817 else
3818 Identifiers.clear();
3819
3820 const IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr;
3821
3822 switch (NNS->getKind()) {
3823 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
3824 II = NNS->getAsIdentifier();
3825 break;
3826
3827 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
3828 if (NNS->getAsNamespace()->isAnonymousNamespace())
3829 return;
3830 II = NNS->getAsNamespace()->getIdentifier();
3831 break;
3832
3833 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
3834 II = NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getIdentifier();
3835 break;
3836
3837 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
3838 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
3839 II = QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0).getBaseTypeIdentifier();
3840 break;
3841
3842 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00003843 case NestedNameSpecifier::Super:
Kaelyn Takata0fc75192014-06-11 18:06:56 +00003844 return;
3845 }
3846
3847 if (II)
3848 Identifiers.push_back(II);
3849}
3850
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003851void TypoCorrectionConsumer::FoundDecl(NamedDecl *ND, NamedDecl *Hiding,
Erik Verbruggen2e657ff2011-10-06 07:27:49 +00003852 DeclContext *Ctx, bool InBaseClass) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003853 // Don't consider hidden names for typo correction.
3854 if (Hiding)
3855 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003856
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003857 // Only consider entities with identifiers for names, ignoring
3858 // special names (constructors, overloaded operators, selectors,
3859 // etc.).
3860 IdentifierInfo *Name = ND->getIdentifier();
3861 if (!Name)
3862 return;
3863
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003864 // Only consider visible declarations and declarations from modules with
3865 // names that exactly match.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003866 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, ND) && Name != Typo &&
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003867 !findAcceptableDecl(SemaRef, ND))
3868 return;
3869
Douglas Gregor57756ea2010-10-14 22:11:03 +00003870 FoundName(Name->getName());
3871}
3872
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003873void TypoCorrectionConsumer::FoundName(StringRef Name) {
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003874 // Compute the edit distance between the typo and the name of this
3875 // entity, and add the identifier to the list of results.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003876 addName(Name, nullptr);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003877}
3878
3879void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addKeywordResult(StringRef Keyword) {
3880 // Compute the edit distance between the typo and this keyword,
3881 // and add the keyword to the list of results.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003882 addName(Keyword, nullptr, nullptr, true);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003883}
3884
3885void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addName(StringRef Name, NamedDecl *ND,
3886 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, bool isKeyword) {
Douglas Gregor93910a52010-10-19 19:39:10 +00003887 // Use a simple length-based heuristic to determine the minimum possible
3888 // edit distance. If the minimum isn't good enough, bail out early.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003889 StringRef TypoStr = Typo->getName();
3890 unsigned MinED = abs((int)Name.size() - (int)TypoStr.size());
3891 if (MinED && TypoStr.size() / MinED < 3)
Douglas Gregor93910a52010-10-19 19:39:10 +00003892 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003893
Douglas Gregorc1fb15e2010-10-19 22:14:33 +00003894 // Compute an upper bound on the allowable edit distance, so that the
3895 // edit-distance algorithm can short-circuit.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003896 unsigned UpperBound = (TypoStr.size() + 2) / 3 + 1;
3897 unsigned ED = TypoStr.edit_distance(Name, true, UpperBound);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003898 if (ED >= UpperBound) return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003899
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003900 TypoCorrection TC(&SemaRef.Context.Idents.get(Name), ND, NNS, ED);
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00003901 if (isKeyword) TC.makeKeyword();
Kaelyn Takata0a313022014-11-20 22:06:26 +00003902 TC.setCorrectionRange(nullptr, Result.getLookupNameInfo());
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00003903 addCorrection(TC);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003904}
3905
Kaelyn Takatad2287c32014-10-27 18:07:13 +00003906static const unsigned MaxTypoDistanceResultSets = 5;
3907
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003908void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addCorrection(TypoCorrection Correction) {
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003909 StringRef TypoStr = Typo->getName();
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003910 StringRef Name = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo()->getName();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003911
3912 // For very short typos, ignore potential corrections that have a different
3913 // base identifier from the typo or which have a normalized edit distance
3914 // longer than the typo itself.
3915 if (TypoStr.size() < 3 &&
3916 (Name != TypoStr || Correction.getEditDistance(true) > TypoStr.size()))
3917 return;
3918
3919 // If the correction is resolved but is not viable, ignore it.
Kaelyn Takata9ab7fb62014-10-27 18:07:40 +00003920 if (Correction.isResolved()) {
3921 checkCorrectionVisibility(SemaRef, Correction);
3922 if (!Correction || !isCandidateViable(*CorrectionValidator, Correction))
3923 return;
3924 }
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003925
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00003926 TypoResultList &CList =
3927 CorrectionResults[Correction.getEditDistance(false)][Name];
Chandler Carruth7d85c9b2011-06-28 22:48:40 +00003928
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00003929 if (!CList.empty() && !CList.back().isResolved())
3930 CList.pop_back();
3931 if (NamedDecl *NewND = Correction.getCorrectionDecl()) {
3932 std::string CorrectionStr = Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
3933 for (TypoResultList::iterator RI = CList.begin(), RIEnd = CList.end();
3934 RI != RIEnd; ++RI) {
3935 // If the Correction refers to a decl already in the result list,
3936 // replace the existing result if the string representation of Correction
3937 // comes before the current result alphabetically, then stop as there is
3938 // nothing more to be done to add Correction to the candidate set.
3939 if (RI->getCorrectionDecl() == NewND) {
3940 if (CorrectionStr < RI->getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts()))
3941 *RI = Correction;
3942 return;
3943 }
3944 }
3945 }
3946 if (CList.empty() || Correction.isResolved())
3947 CList.push_back(Correction);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003948
Kaelyn Uhrain34fab552012-05-31 23:32:58 +00003949 while (CorrectionResults.size() > MaxTypoDistanceResultSets)
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003950 CorrectionResults.erase(std::prev(CorrectionResults.end()));
3951}
3952
3953void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addNamespaces(
3954 const llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl *, bool> &KnownNamespaces) {
3955 SearchNamespaces = true;
3956
3957 for (auto KNPair : KnownNamespaces)
3958 Namespaces.addNameSpecifier(KNPair.first);
3959
3960 bool SSIsTemplate = false;
3961 if (NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
3962 (SS && SS->isValid()) ? SS->getScopeRep() : nullptr) {
3963 if (const Type *T = NNS->getAsType())
3964 SSIsTemplate = T->getTypeClass() == Type::TemplateSpecialization;
3965 }
Richard Smith2a40fb72015-11-18 01:19:02 +00003966 // Do not transform this into an iterator-based loop. The loop body can
3967 // trigger the creation of further types (through lazy deserialization) and
3968 // invalide iterators into this list.
3969 auto &Types = SemaRef.getASTContext().getTypes();
3970 for (unsigned I = 0; I != Types.size(); ++I) {
3971 const auto *TI = Types[I];
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003972 if (CXXRecordDecl *CD = TI->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
3973 CD = CD->getCanonicalDecl();
3974 if (!CD->isDependentType() && !CD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
3975 !CD->isUnion() && CD->getIdentifier() &&
3976 (SSIsTemplate || !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(CD)) &&
3977 (CD->isBeingDefined() || CD->isCompleteDefinition()))
3978 Namespaces.addNameSpecifier(CD);
3979 }
3980 }
3981}
3982
Kaelyn Takata0d6a3ed2014-10-27 18:07:34 +00003983const TypoCorrection &TypoCorrectionConsumer::getNextCorrection() {
3984 if (++CurrentTCIndex < ValidatedCorrections.size())
3985 return ValidatedCorrections[CurrentTCIndex];
3986
3987 CurrentTCIndex = ValidatedCorrections.size();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003988 while (!CorrectionResults.empty()) {
3989 auto DI = CorrectionResults.begin();
3990 if (DI->second.empty()) {
3991 CorrectionResults.erase(DI);
3992 continue;
3993 }
3994
3995 auto RI = DI->second.begin();
3996 if (RI->second.empty()) {
3997 DI->second.erase(RI);
3998 performQualifiedLookups();
3999 continue;
4000 }
4001
4002 TypoCorrection TC = RI->second.pop_back_val();
Kaelyn Takata9ab7fb62014-10-27 18:07:40 +00004003 if (TC.isResolved() || TC.requiresImport() || resolveCorrection(TC)) {
Kaelyn Takata0d6a3ed2014-10-27 18:07:34 +00004004 ValidatedCorrections.push_back(TC);
4005 return ValidatedCorrections[CurrentTCIndex];
4006 }
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004007 }
Kaelyn Takata0d6a3ed2014-10-27 18:07:34 +00004008 return ValidatedCorrections[0]; // The empty correction.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004009}
4010
4011bool TypoCorrectionConsumer::resolveCorrection(TypoCorrection &Candidate) {
4012 IdentifierInfo *Name = Candidate.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
4013 DeclContext *TempMemberContext = MemberContext;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004014 CXXScopeSpec *TempSS = SS.get();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004015retry_lookup:
4016 LookupPotentialTypoResult(SemaRef, Result, Name, S, TempSS, TempMemberContext,
4017 EnteringContext,
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00004018 CorrectionValidator->IsObjCIvarLookup,
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004019 Name == Typo && !Candidate.WillReplaceSpecifier());
4020 switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
4021 case LookupResult::NotFound:
4022 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
4023 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
4024 if (TempSS) {
4025 // Immediately retry the lookup without the given CXXScopeSpec
4026 TempSS = nullptr;
4027 Candidate.WillReplaceSpecifier(true);
4028 goto retry_lookup;
4029 }
4030 if (TempMemberContext) {
4031 if (SS && !TempSS)
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004032 TempSS = SS.get();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004033 TempMemberContext = nullptr;
4034 goto retry_lookup;
4035 }
4036 if (SearchNamespaces)
4037 QualifiedResults.push_back(Candidate);
4038 break;
4039
4040 case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
4041 // We don't deal with ambiguities.
4042 break;
4043
4044 case LookupResult::Found:
4045 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
4046 // Store all of the Decls for overloaded symbols
4047 for (auto *TRD : Result)
4048 Candidate.addCorrectionDecl(TRD);
Kaelyn Takata9ab7fb62014-10-27 18:07:40 +00004049 checkCorrectionVisibility(SemaRef, Candidate);
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00004050 if (!isCandidateViable(*CorrectionValidator, Candidate)) {
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004051 if (SearchNamespaces)
4052 QualifiedResults.push_back(Candidate);
4053 break;
4054 }
Kaelyn Takata20deb1d2015-01-28 00:46:09 +00004055 Candidate.setCorrectionRange(SS.get(), Result.getLookupNameInfo());
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004056 return true;
4057 }
4058 return false;
4059}
4060
4061void TypoCorrectionConsumer::performQualifiedLookups() {
4062 unsigned TypoLen = Typo->getName().size();
Benjamin Kramer2e018ef2016-05-27 13:36:58 +00004063 for (const TypoCorrection &QR : QualifiedResults) {
4064 for (const auto &NSI : Namespaces) {
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004065 DeclContext *Ctx = NSI.DeclCtx;
4066 const Type *NSType = NSI.NameSpecifier->getAsType();
4067
4068 // If the current NestedNameSpecifier refers to a class and the
4069 // current correction candidate is the name of that class, then skip
4070 // it as it is unlikely a qualified version of the class' constructor
4071 // is an appropriate correction.
Hans Wennborgdcfba332015-10-06 23:40:43 +00004072 if (CXXRecordDecl *NSDecl = NSType ? NSType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() :
4073 nullptr) {
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004074 if (NSDecl->getIdentifier() == QR.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo())
4075 continue;
4076 }
4077
4078 TypoCorrection TC(QR);
4079 TC.ClearCorrectionDecls();
4080 TC.setCorrectionSpecifier(NSI.NameSpecifier);
4081 TC.setQualifierDistance(NSI.EditDistance);
4082 TC.setCallbackDistance(0); // Reset the callback distance
4083
4084 // If the current correction candidate and namespace combination are
4085 // too far away from the original typo based on the normalized edit
4086 // distance, then skip performing a qualified name lookup.
4087 unsigned TmpED = TC.getEditDistance(true);
4088 if (QR.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo() != Typo && TmpED &&
4089 TypoLen / TmpED < 3)
4090 continue;
4091
4092 Result.clear();
4093 Result.setLookupName(QR.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo());
4094 if (!SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Result, Ctx))
4095 continue;
4096
4097 // Any corrections added below will be validated in subsequent
4098 // iterations of the main while() loop over the Consumer's contents.
4099 switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
4100 case LookupResult::Found:
4101 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: {
4102 if (SS && SS->isValid()) {
4103 std::string NewQualified = TC.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
4104 std::string OldQualified;
4105 llvm::raw_string_ostream OldOStream(OldQualified);
4106 SS->getScopeRep()->print(OldOStream, SemaRef.getPrintingPolicy());
4107 OldOStream << Typo->getName();
4108 // If correction candidate would be an identical written qualified
4109 // identifer, then the existing CXXScopeSpec probably included a
4110 // typedef that didn't get accounted for properly.
4111 if (OldOStream.str() == NewQualified)
4112 break;
4113 }
4114 for (LookupResult::iterator TRD = Result.begin(), TRDEnd = Result.end();
4115 TRD != TRDEnd; ++TRD) {
4116 if (SemaRef.CheckMemberAccess(TC.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(),
4117 NSType ? NSType->getAsCXXRecordDecl()
4118 : nullptr,
4119 TRD.getPair()) == Sema::AR_accessible)
4120 TC.addCorrectionDecl(*TRD);
4121 }
Kaelyn Takata0a313022014-11-20 22:06:26 +00004122 if (TC.isResolved()) {
4123 TC.setCorrectionRange(SS.get(), Result.getLookupNameInfo());
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004124 addCorrection(TC);
Kaelyn Takata0a313022014-11-20 22:06:26 +00004125 }
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004126 break;
4127 }
4128 case LookupResult::NotFound:
4129 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
4130 case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
4131 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
4132 break;
4133 }
4134 }
4135 }
4136 QualifiedResults.clear();
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004137}
4138
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00004139TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::NamespaceSpecifierSet(
4140 ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *CurContext, CXXScopeSpec *CurScopeSpec)
Benjamin Kramer15537272015-03-13 16:10:42 +00004141 : Context(Context), CurContextChain(buildContextChain(CurContext)) {
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00004142 if (NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
4143 CurScopeSpec ? CurScopeSpec->getScopeRep() : nullptr) {
4144 llvm::raw_string_ostream SpecifierOStream(CurNameSpecifier);
4145 NNS->print(SpecifierOStream, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
4146
4147 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
4148 }
4149 // Build the list of identifiers that would be used for an absolute
4150 // (from the global context) NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current
4151 // context.
4152 for (DeclContextList::reverse_iterator C = CurContextChain.rbegin(),
4153 CEnd = CurContextChain.rend();
4154 C != CEnd; ++C) {
4155 if (NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(*C))
4156 CurContextIdentifiers.push_back(ND->getIdentifier());
4157 }
4158
4159 // Add the global context as a NestedNameSpecifier
Hans Wennborg66010132014-06-11 21:24:13 +00004160 SpecifierInfo SI = {cast<DeclContext>(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()),
4161 NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context), 1};
4162 DistanceMap[1].push_back(SI);
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00004163}
4164
Kaelyn Takata7dcc0e62014-06-11 18:07:08 +00004165auto TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::buildContextChain(
4166 DeclContext *Start) -> DeclContextList {
Nick Lewycky0d9b3192013-04-08 21:55:21 +00004167 assert(Start && "Building a context chain from a null context");
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004168 DeclContextList Chain;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004169 for (DeclContext *DC = Start->getPrimaryContext(); DC != nullptr;
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004170 DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
4171 NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
4172 if (!DC->isInlineNamespace() && !DC->isTransparentContext() &&
4173 !(ND && ND->isAnonymousNamespace()))
4174 Chain.push_back(DC->getPrimaryContext());
4175 }
4176 return Chain;
4177}
4178
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004179unsigned
4180TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::buildNestedNameSpecifier(
4181 DeclContextList &DeclChain, NestedNameSpecifier *&NNS) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004182 unsigned NumSpecifiers = 0;
4183 for (DeclContextList::reverse_iterator C = DeclChain.rbegin(),
4184 CEnd = DeclChain.rend();
4185 C != CEnd; ++C) {
4186 if (NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(*C)) {
4187 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, NNS, ND);
4188 ++NumSpecifiers;
4189 } else if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(*C)) {
4190 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, NNS, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
4191 RD->getTypeForDecl());
4192 ++NumSpecifiers;
4193 }
4194 }
4195 return NumSpecifiers;
4196}
4197
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004198void TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::addNameSpecifier(
4199 DeclContext *Ctx) {
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004200 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr;
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004201 unsigned NumSpecifiers = 0;
Kaelyn Takata0fc75192014-06-11 18:06:56 +00004202 DeclContextList NamespaceDeclChain(buildContextChain(Ctx));
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004203 DeclContextList FullNamespaceDeclChain(NamespaceDeclChain);
4204
4205 // Eliminate common elements from the two DeclContext chains.
4206 for (DeclContextList::reverse_iterator C = CurContextChain.rbegin(),
4207 CEnd = CurContextChain.rend();
4208 C != CEnd && !NamespaceDeclChain.empty() &&
4209 NamespaceDeclChain.back() == *C; ++C) {
4210 NamespaceDeclChain.pop_back();
4211 }
4212
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004213 // Build the NestedNameSpecifier from what is left of the NamespaceDeclChain
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004214 NumSpecifiers = buildNestedNameSpecifier(NamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004215
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004216 // Add an explicit leading '::' specifier if needed.
4217 if (NamespaceDeclChain.empty()) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004218 // Rebuild the NestedNameSpecifier as a globally-qualified specifier.
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004219 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004220 NumSpecifiers =
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004221 buildNestedNameSpecifier(FullNamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004222 } else if (NamedDecl *ND =
4223 dyn_cast_or_null<NamedDecl>(NamespaceDeclChain.back())) {
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004224 IdentifierInfo *Name = ND->getIdentifier();
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004225 bool SameNameSpecifier = false;
4226 if (std::find(CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.begin(),
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004227 CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.end(),
4228 Name) != CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.end()) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004229 std::string NewNameSpecifier;
4230 llvm::raw_string_ostream SpecifierOStream(NewNameSpecifier);
4231 SmallVector<const IdentifierInfo *, 4> NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers;
4232 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
4233 NNS->print(SpecifierOStream, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
4234 SpecifierOStream.flush();
4235 SameNameSpecifier = NewNameSpecifier == CurNameSpecifier;
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004236 }
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004237 if (SameNameSpecifier ||
4238 std::find(CurContextIdentifiers.begin(), CurContextIdentifiers.end(),
4239 Name) != CurContextIdentifiers.end()) {
4240 // Rebuild the NestedNameSpecifier as a globally-qualified specifier.
4241 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
4242 NumSpecifiers =
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004243 buildNestedNameSpecifier(FullNamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004244 }
4245 }
4246
4247 // If the built NestedNameSpecifier would be replacing an existing
4248 // NestedNameSpecifier, use the number of component identifiers that
4249 // would need to be changed as the edit distance instead of the number
4250 // of components in the built NestedNameSpecifier.
4251 if (NNS && !CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.empty()) {
4252 SmallVector<const IdentifierInfo*, 4> NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers;
4253 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
4254 NumSpecifiers = llvm::ComputeEditDistance(
Craig Topper8c2a2a02014-08-30 16:55:39 +00004255 llvm::makeArrayRef(CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers),
4256 llvm::makeArrayRef(NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers));
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004257 }
4258
Hans Wennborg66010132014-06-11 21:24:13 +00004259 SpecifierInfo SI = {Ctx, NNS, NumSpecifiers};
4260 DistanceMap[NumSpecifiers].push_back(SI);
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004261}
4262
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004263/// \brief Perform name lookup for a possible result for typo correction.
4264static void LookupPotentialTypoResult(Sema &SemaRef,
4265 LookupResult &Res,
4266 IdentifierInfo *Name,
4267 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4268 DeclContext *MemberContext,
4269 bool EnteringContext,
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004270 bool isObjCIvarLookup,
4271 bool FindHidden) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004272 Res.suppressDiagnostics();
4273 Res.clear();
4274 Res.setLookupName(Name);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004275 Res.setAllowHidden(FindHidden);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004276 if (MemberContext) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004277 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(MemberContext)) {
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004278 if (isObjCIvarLookup) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004279 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Class->lookupInstanceVariable(Name)) {
4280 Res.addDecl(Ivar);
4281 Res.resolveKind();
4282 return;
4283 }
4284 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004285
Manman Ren5b786402016-01-28 18:49:28 +00004286 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *Prop = Class->FindPropertyDeclaration(
4287 Name, ObjCPropertyQueryKind::OBJC_PR_query_instance)) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004288 Res.addDecl(Prop);
4289 Res.resolveKind();
4290 return;
4291 }
4292 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004293
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004294 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Res, MemberContext);
4295 return;
4296 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004297
4298 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Res, S, SS, /*AllowBuiltinCreation=*/false,
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004299 EnteringContext);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004300
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004301 // Fake ivar lookup; this should really be part of
4302 // LookupParsedName.
4303 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = SemaRef.getCurMethodDecl()) {
4304 if (Method->isInstanceMethod() && Method->getClassInterface() &&
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004305 (Res.empty() ||
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004306 (Res.isSingleResult() &&
4307 Res.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()))) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004308 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004309 = Method->getClassInterface()->lookupInstanceVariable(Name)) {
4310 Res.addDecl(IV);
4311 Res.resolveKind();
4312 }
4313 }
4314 }
4315}
4316
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004317/// \brief Add keywords to the consumer as possible typo corrections.
4318static void AddKeywordsToConsumer(Sema &SemaRef,
4319 TypoCorrectionConsumer &Consumer,
Richard Smithb3a1df02012-06-08 21:35:42 +00004320 Scope *S, CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
4321 bool AfterNestedNameSpecifier) {
4322 if (AfterNestedNameSpecifier) {
4323 // For 'X::', we know exactly which keywords can appear next.
4324 Consumer.addKeywordResult("template");
4325 if (CCC.WantExpressionKeywords)
4326 Consumer.addKeywordResult("operator");
4327 return;
4328 }
4329
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004330 if (CCC.WantObjCSuper)
4331 Consumer.addKeywordResult("super");
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004332
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004333 if (CCC.WantTypeSpecifiers) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004334 // Add type-specifier keywords to the set of results.
Craig Topperd6d31ac2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00004335 static const char *const CTypeSpecs[] = {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004336 "char", "const", "double", "enum", "float", "int", "long", "short",
Douglas Gregor3b22a882011-07-01 21:27:45 +00004337 "signed", "struct", "union", "unsigned", "void", "volatile",
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004338 "_Complex", "_Imaginary",
4339 // storage-specifiers as well
4340 "extern", "inline", "static", "typedef"
4341 };
4342
Craig Toppere5ce8312013-07-15 03:38:40 +00004343 const unsigned NumCTypeSpecs = llvm::array_lengthof(CTypeSpecs);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004344 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCTypeSpecs; ++I)
4345 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CTypeSpecs[I]);
4346
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004347 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C99)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004348 Consumer.addKeywordResult("restrict");
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004349 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().Bool || SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004350 Consumer.addKeywordResult("bool");
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004351 else if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C99)
Douglas Gregor3b22a882011-07-01 21:27:45 +00004352 Consumer.addKeywordResult("_Bool");
4353
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004354 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004355 Consumer.addKeywordResult("class");
4356 Consumer.addKeywordResult("typename");
4357 Consumer.addKeywordResult("wchar_t");
4358
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00004359 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004360 Consumer.addKeywordResult("char16_t");
4361 Consumer.addKeywordResult("char32_t");
4362 Consumer.addKeywordResult("constexpr");
4363 Consumer.addKeywordResult("decltype");
4364 Consumer.addKeywordResult("thread_local");
4365 }
4366 }
4367
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004368 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().GNUMode)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004369 Consumer.addKeywordResult("typeof");
Kaelyn Takatab04846b2014-07-28 18:14:02 +00004370 } else if (CCC.WantFunctionLikeCasts) {
4371 static const char *const CastableTypeSpecs[] = {
4372 "char", "double", "float", "int", "long", "short",
4373 "signed", "unsigned", "void"
4374 };
4375 for (auto *kw : CastableTypeSpecs)
4376 Consumer.addKeywordResult(kw);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004377 }
4378
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004379 if (CCC.WantCXXNamedCasts && SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004380 Consumer.addKeywordResult("const_cast");
4381 Consumer.addKeywordResult("dynamic_cast");
4382 Consumer.addKeywordResult("reinterpret_cast");
4383 Consumer.addKeywordResult("static_cast");
4384 }
4385
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004386 if (CCC.WantExpressionKeywords) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004387 Consumer.addKeywordResult("sizeof");
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004388 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().Bool || SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004389 Consumer.addKeywordResult("false");
4390 Consumer.addKeywordResult("true");
4391 }
4392
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004393 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Craig Topperd6d31ac2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00004394 static const char *const CXXExprs[] = {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004395 "delete", "new", "operator", "throw", "typeid"
4396 };
Craig Toppere5ce8312013-07-15 03:38:40 +00004397 const unsigned NumCXXExprs = llvm::array_lengthof(CXXExprs);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004398 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCXXExprs; ++I)
4399 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CXXExprs[I]);
4400
4401 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext) &&
4402 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->isInstance())
4403 Consumer.addKeywordResult("this");
4404
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00004405 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004406 Consumer.addKeywordResult("alignof");
4407 Consumer.addKeywordResult("nullptr");
4408 }
4409 }
Jordan Rose58d54722012-06-30 21:33:57 +00004410
4411 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C11) {
4412 // FIXME: We should not suggest _Alignof if the alignof macro
4413 // is present.
4414 Consumer.addKeywordResult("_Alignof");
4415 }
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004416 }
4417
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004418 if (CCC.WantRemainingKeywords) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004419 if (SemaRef.getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() || SemaRef.getCurBlock()) {
4420 // Statements.
Craig Topperd6d31ac2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00004421 static const char *const CStmts[] = {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004422 "do", "else", "for", "goto", "if", "return", "switch", "while" };
Craig Toppere5ce8312013-07-15 03:38:40 +00004423 const unsigned NumCStmts = llvm::array_lengthof(CStmts);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004424 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCStmts; ++I)
4425 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CStmts[I]);
4426
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004427 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004428 Consumer.addKeywordResult("catch");
4429 Consumer.addKeywordResult("try");
4430 }
4431
4432 if (S && S->getBreakParent())
4433 Consumer.addKeywordResult("break");
4434
4435 if (S && S->getContinueParent())
4436 Consumer.addKeywordResult("continue");
4437
4438 if (!SemaRef.getCurFunction()->SwitchStack.empty()) {
4439 Consumer.addKeywordResult("case");
4440 Consumer.addKeywordResult("default");
4441 }
4442 } else {
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004443 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004444 Consumer.addKeywordResult("namespace");
4445 Consumer.addKeywordResult("template");
4446 }
4447
4448 if (S && S->isClassScope()) {
4449 Consumer.addKeywordResult("explicit");
4450 Consumer.addKeywordResult("friend");
4451 Consumer.addKeywordResult("mutable");
4452 Consumer.addKeywordResult("private");
4453 Consumer.addKeywordResult("protected");
4454 Consumer.addKeywordResult("public");
4455 Consumer.addKeywordResult("virtual");
4456 }
4457 }
4458
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004459 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004460 Consumer.addKeywordResult("using");
4461
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00004462 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004463 Consumer.addKeywordResult("static_assert");
4464 }
4465 }
4466}
4467
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004468std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> Sema::makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(
4469 const DeclarationNameInfo &TypoName, Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
4470 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4471 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
4472 DeclContext *MemberContext, bool EnteringContext,
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004473 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, bool ErrorRecovery) {
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004474
4475 if (Diags.hasFatalErrorOccurred() || !getLangOpts().SpellChecking ||
4476 DisableTypoCorrection)
4477 return nullptr;
4478
4479 // In Microsoft mode, don't perform typo correction in a template member
4480 // function dependent context because it interferes with the "lookup into
4481 // dependent bases of class templates" feature.
4482 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && CurContext->isDependentContext() &&
4483 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext))
4484 return nullptr;
4485
4486 // We only attempt to correct typos for identifiers.
4487 IdentifierInfo *Typo = TypoName.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
4488 if (!Typo)
4489 return nullptr;
4490
4491 // If the scope specifier itself was invalid, don't try to correct
4492 // typos.
4493 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
4494 return nullptr;
4495
4496 // Never try to correct typos during template deduction or
4497 // instantiation.
4498 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
4499 return nullptr;
4500
4501 // Don't try to correct 'super'.
4502 if (S && S->isInObjcMethodScope() && Typo == getSuperIdentifier())
4503 return nullptr;
4504
4505 // Abort if typo correction already failed for this specific typo.
4506 IdentifierSourceLocations::iterator locs = TypoCorrectionFailures.find(Typo);
4507 if (locs != TypoCorrectionFailures.end() &&
4508 locs->second.count(TypoName.getLoc()))
4509 return nullptr;
4510
4511 // Don't try to correct the identifier "vector" when in AltiVec mode.
4512 // TODO: Figure out why typo correction misbehaves in this case, fix it, and
4513 // remove this workaround.
Ulrich Weigand3c5038a2015-07-30 14:08:36 +00004514 if ((getLangOpts().AltiVec || getLangOpts().ZVector) && Typo->isStr("vector"))
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004515 return nullptr;
4516
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004517 // Provide a stop gap for files that are just seriously broken. Trying
4518 // to correct all typos can turn into a HUGE performance penalty, causing
4519 // some files to take minutes to get rejected by the parser.
4520 unsigned Limit = getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticOptions().SpellCheckingLimit;
4521 if (Limit && TyposCorrected >= Limit)
4522 return nullptr;
4523 ++TyposCorrected;
4524
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004525 // If we're handling a missing symbol error, using modules, and the
4526 // special search all modules option is used, look for a missing import.
4527 if (ErrorRecovery && getLangOpts().Modules &&
4528 getLangOpts().ModulesSearchAll) {
4529 // The following has the side effect of loading the missing module.
4530 getModuleLoader().lookupMissingImports(Typo->getName(),
4531 TypoName.getLocStart());
4532 }
4533
4534 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCCRef = *CCC;
4535 auto Consumer = llvm::make_unique<TypoCorrectionConsumer>(
4536 *this, TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, std::move(CCC), MemberContext,
4537 EnteringContext);
4538
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004539 // Perform name lookup to find visible, similarly-named entities.
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004540 bool IsUnqualifiedLookup = false;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004541 DeclContext *QualifiedDC = MemberContext;
4542 if (MemberContext) {
4543 LookupVisibleDecls(MemberContext, LookupKind, *Consumer);
4544
4545 // Look in qualified interfaces.
4546 if (OPT) {
4547 for (auto *I : OPT->quals())
4548 LookupVisibleDecls(I, LookupKind, *Consumer);
4549 }
4550 } else if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
4551 QualifiedDC = computeDeclContext(*SS, EnteringContext);
4552 if (!QualifiedDC)
4553 return nullptr;
4554
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004555 LookupVisibleDecls(QualifiedDC, LookupKind, *Consumer);
4556 } else {
4557 IsUnqualifiedLookup = true;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004558 }
4559
4560 // Determine whether we are going to search in the various namespaces for
4561 // corrections.
4562 bool SearchNamespaces
4563 = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4564 (IsUnqualifiedLookup || (SS && SS->isSet()));
4565
4566 if (IsUnqualifiedLookup || SearchNamespaces) {
4567 // For unqualified lookup, look through all of the names that we have
4568 // seen in this translation unit.
4569 // FIXME: Re-add the ability to skip very unlikely potential corrections.
4570 for (const auto &I : Context.Idents)
4571 Consumer->FoundName(I.getKey());
4572
4573 // Walk through identifiers in external identifier sources.
4574 // FIXME: Re-add the ability to skip very unlikely potential corrections.
4575 if (IdentifierInfoLookup *External
4576 = Context.Idents.getExternalIdentifierLookup()) {
4577 std::unique_ptr<IdentifierIterator> Iter(External->getIdentifiers());
4578 do {
4579 StringRef Name = Iter->Next();
4580 if (Name.empty())
4581 break;
4582
4583 Consumer->FoundName(Name);
4584 } while (true);
4585 }
4586 }
4587
4588 AddKeywordsToConsumer(*this, *Consumer, S, CCCRef, SS && SS->isNotEmpty());
4589
4590 // Build the NestedNameSpecifiers for the KnownNamespaces, if we're going
4591 // to search those namespaces.
4592 if (SearchNamespaces) {
4593 // Load any externally-known namespaces.
4594 if (ExternalSource && !LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces) {
4595 SmallVector<NamespaceDecl *, 4> ExternalKnownNamespaces;
4596 LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces = true;
4597 ExternalSource->ReadKnownNamespaces(ExternalKnownNamespaces);
4598 for (auto *N : ExternalKnownNamespaces)
4599 KnownNamespaces[N] = true;
4600 }
4601
4602 Consumer->addNamespaces(KnownNamespaces);
4603 }
4604
4605 return Consumer;
4606}
4607
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004608/// \brief Try to "correct" a typo in the source code by finding
4609/// visible declarations whose names are similar to the name that was
4610/// present in the source code.
4611///
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004612/// \param TypoName the \c DeclarationNameInfo structure that contains
4613/// the name that was present in the source code along with its location.
4614///
4615/// \param LookupKind the name-lookup criteria used to search for the name.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004616///
4617/// \param S the scope in which name lookup occurs.
4618///
4619/// \param SS the nested-name-specifier that precedes the name we're
4620/// looking for, if present.
4621///
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004622/// \param CCC A CorrectionCandidateCallback object that provides further
4623/// validation of typo correction candidates. It also provides flags for
4624/// determining the set of keywords permitted.
4625///
Douglas Gregoraf2bd472009-12-31 07:42:17 +00004626/// \param MemberContext if non-NULL, the context in which to look for
4627/// a member access expression.
4628///
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004629/// \param EnteringContext whether we're entering the context described by
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +00004630/// the nested-name-specifier SS.
4631///
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00004632/// \param OPT when non-NULL, the search for visible declarations will
4633/// also walk the protocols in the qualified interfaces of \p OPT.
4634///
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004635/// \returns a \c TypoCorrection containing the corrected name if the typo
4636/// along with information such as the \c NamedDecl where the corrected name
4637/// was declared, and any additional \c NestedNameSpecifier needed to access
4638/// it (C++ only). The \c TypoCorrection is empty if there is no correction.
4639TypoCorrection Sema::CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &TypoName,
4640 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
4641 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00004642 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
John Thompson2255f2c2014-04-23 12:57:01 +00004643 CorrectTypoKind Mode,
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004644 DeclContext *MemberContext,
4645 bool EnteringContext,
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004646 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
4647 bool RecordFailure) {
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00004648 assert(CCC && "CorrectTypo requires a CorrectionCandidateCallback");
4649
Kaelyn Uhrainf0aabda2013-08-12 19:54:38 +00004650 // Always let the ExternalSource have the first chance at correction, even
4651 // if we would otherwise have given up.
4652 if (ExternalSource) {
4653 if (TypoCorrection Correction = ExternalSource->CorrectTypo(
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00004654 TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, *CCC, MemberContext, EnteringContext, OPT))
Kaelyn Uhrainf0aabda2013-08-12 19:54:38 +00004655 return Correction;
4656 }
4657
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004658 // Ugly hack equivalent to CTC == CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver;
4659 // WantObjCSuper is only true for CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver and for
4660 // some instances of CTC_Unknown, while WantRemainingKeywords is true
4661 // for CTC_Unknown but not for CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver.
4662 bool ObjCMessageReceiver = CCC->WantObjCSuper && !CCC->WantRemainingKeywords;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004663
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004664 IdentifierInfo *Typo = TypoName.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004665 auto Consumer = makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(
4666 TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, std::move(CCC), MemberContext,
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004667 EnteringContext, OPT, Mode == CTK_ErrorRecovery);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00004668
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004669 if (!Consumer)
4670 return TypoCorrection();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004671
Douglas Gregor280e1ee2010-04-14 20:04:41 +00004672 // If we haven't found anything, we're done.
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004673 if (Consumer->empty())
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004674 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004675
Kaelyn Uhrain493ea632012-06-06 20:54:51 +00004676 // Make sure the best edit distance (prior to adding any namespace qualifiers)
4677 // is not more that about a third of the length of the typo's identifier.
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004678 unsigned ED = Consumer->getBestEditDistance(true);
4679 unsigned TypoLen = Typo->getName().size();
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004680 if (ED > 0 && TypoLen / ED < 3)
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004681 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004682
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004683 TypoCorrection BestTC = Consumer->getNextCorrection();
4684 TypoCorrection SecondBestTC = Consumer->getNextCorrection();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004685 if (!BestTC)
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004686 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004687
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004688 ED = BestTC.getEditDistance();
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004689
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004690 if (TypoLen >= 3 && ED > 0 && TypoLen / ED < 3) {
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004691 // If this was an unqualified lookup and we believe the callback
4692 // object wouldn't have filtered out possible corrections, note
4693 // that no correction was found.
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004694 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004695 }
4696
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +00004697 // If only a single name remains, return that result.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004698 if (!SecondBestTC ||
4699 SecondBestTC.getEditDistance(false) > BestTC.getEditDistance(false)) {
4700 const TypoCorrection &Result = BestTC;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004701
Douglas Gregor2a1d72d2010-10-26 17:18:00 +00004702 // Don't correct to a keyword that's the same as the typo; the keyword
4703 // wasn't actually in scope.
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004704 if (ED == 0 && Result.isKeyword())
4705 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004706
David Blaikie04ea41c2012-10-12 20:00:44 +00004707 TypoCorrection TC = Result;
4708 TC.setCorrectionRange(SS, TypoName);
Kaelyn Takataa95ebc62014-06-17 23:47:29 +00004709 checkCorrectionVisibility(*this, TC);
David Blaikie04ea41c2012-10-12 20:00:44 +00004710 return TC;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004711 } else if (SecondBestTC && ObjCMessageReceiver) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004712 // Prefer 'super' when we're completing in a message-receiver
4713 // context.
4714
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004715 if (BestTC.getCorrection().getAsString() != "super") {
4716 if (SecondBestTC.getCorrection().getAsString() == "super")
4717 BestTC = SecondBestTC;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004718 else if ((*Consumer)["super"].front().isKeyword())
4719 BestTC = (*Consumer)["super"].front();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004720 }
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004721 // Don't correct to a keyword that's the same as the typo; the keyword
4722 // wasn't actually in scope.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004723 if (BestTC.getEditDistance() == 0 ||
4724 BestTC.getCorrection().getAsString() != "super")
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004725 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004726
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004727 BestTC.setCorrectionRange(SS, TypoName);
4728 return BestTC;
Douglas Gregoraf9eb592010-10-15 13:35:25 +00004729 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004730
Kaelyn Takata73429fd2014-06-10 21:03:49 +00004731 // Record the failure's location if needed and return an empty correction. If
4732 // this was an unqualified lookup and we believe the callback object did not
4733 // filter out possible corrections, also cache the failure for the typo.
Kaelyn Takataae9e97c2015-01-16 22:11:04 +00004734 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure && !SecondBestTC);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004735}
4736
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004737/// \brief Try to "correct" a typo in the source code by finding
4738/// visible declarations whose names are similar to the name that was
4739/// present in the source code.
4740///
4741/// \param TypoName the \c DeclarationNameInfo structure that contains
4742/// the name that was present in the source code along with its location.
4743///
4744/// \param LookupKind the name-lookup criteria used to search for the name.
4745///
4746/// \param S the scope in which name lookup occurs.
4747///
4748/// \param SS the nested-name-specifier that precedes the name we're
4749/// looking for, if present.
4750///
4751/// \param CCC A CorrectionCandidateCallback object that provides further
4752/// validation of typo correction candidates. It also provides flags for
4753/// determining the set of keywords permitted.
4754///
4755/// \param TDG A TypoDiagnosticGenerator functor that will be used to print
4756/// diagnostics when the actual typo correction is attempted.
4757///
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00004758/// \param TRC A TypoRecoveryCallback functor that will be used to build an
4759/// Expr from a typo correction candidate.
4760///
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004761/// \param MemberContext if non-NULL, the context in which to look for
4762/// a member access expression.
4763///
4764/// \param EnteringContext whether we're entering the context described by
4765/// the nested-name-specifier SS.
4766///
4767/// \param OPT when non-NULL, the search for visible declarations will
4768/// also walk the protocols in the qualified interfaces of \p OPT.
4769///
4770/// \returns a new \c TypoExpr that will later be replaced in the AST with an
4771/// Expr representing the result of performing typo correction, or nullptr if
4772/// typo correction is not possible. If nullptr is returned, no diagnostics will
4773/// be emitted and it is the responsibility of the caller to emit any that are
4774/// needed.
4775TypoExpr *Sema::CorrectTypoDelayed(
4776 const DeclarationNameInfo &TypoName, Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
4777 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4778 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00004779 TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG, TypoRecoveryCallback TRC, CorrectTypoKind Mode,
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004780 DeclContext *MemberContext, bool EnteringContext,
4781 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT) {
4782 assert(CCC && "CorrectTypoDelayed requires a CorrectionCandidateCallback");
4783
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004784 auto Consumer = makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(
4785 TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, std::move(CCC), MemberContext,
Kaelyn Takataae9e97c2015-01-16 22:11:04 +00004786 EnteringContext, OPT, Mode == CTK_ErrorRecovery);
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004787
Benjamin Kramerb8727332016-05-19 10:46:10 +00004788 // Give the external sema source a chance to correct the typo.
4789 TypoCorrection ExternalTypo;
4790 if (ExternalSource && Consumer) {
4791 ExternalTypo = ExternalSource->CorrectTypo(
Benjamin Kramer97d7a662016-05-19 21:53:33 +00004792 TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, *Consumer->getCorrectionValidator(),
4793 MemberContext, EnteringContext, OPT);
Benjamin Kramerb8727332016-05-19 10:46:10 +00004794 if (ExternalTypo)
4795 Consumer->addCorrection(ExternalTypo);
4796 }
4797
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004798 if (!Consumer || Consumer->empty())
4799 return nullptr;
4800
4801 // Make sure the best edit distance (prior to adding any namespace qualifiers)
4802 // is not more that about a third of the length of the typo's identifier.
4803 unsigned ED = Consumer->getBestEditDistance(true);
4804 IdentifierInfo *Typo = TypoName.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
Benjamin Kramerb8727332016-05-19 10:46:10 +00004805 if (!ExternalTypo && ED > 0 && Typo->getName().size() / ED < 3)
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004806 return nullptr;
4807
4808 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos++;
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00004809 return createDelayedTypo(std::move(Consumer), std::move(TDG), std::move(TRC));
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004810}
4811
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004812void TypoCorrection::addCorrectionDecl(NamedDecl *CDecl) {
4813 if (!CDecl) return;
4814
4815 if (isKeyword())
4816 CorrectionDecls.clear();
4817
Richard Smithde6d6c42015-12-29 19:43:10 +00004818 CorrectionDecls.push_back(CDecl);
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004819
4820 if (!CorrectionName)
4821 CorrectionName = CDecl->getDeclName();
4822}
4823
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004824std::string TypoCorrection::getAsString(const LangOptions &LO) const {
4825 if (CorrectionNameSpec) {
4826 std::string tmpBuffer;
4827 llvm::raw_string_ostream PrefixOStream(tmpBuffer);
4828 CorrectionNameSpec->print(PrefixOStream, PrintingPolicy(LO));
David Blaikied4da8722013-05-14 21:04:00 +00004829 PrefixOStream << CorrectionName;
Benjamin Kramer73faad62012-04-14 08:26:28 +00004830 return PrefixOStream.str();
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004831 }
4832
4833 return CorrectionName.getAsString();
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004834}
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004835
Nico Weberb58e51c2014-11-19 05:21:39 +00004836bool CorrectionCandidateCallback::ValidateCandidate(
4837 const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004838 if (!candidate.isResolved())
4839 return true;
4840
4841 if (candidate.isKeyword())
4842 return WantTypeSpecifiers || WantExpressionKeywords || WantCXXNamedCasts ||
4843 WantRemainingKeywords || WantObjCSuper;
4844
Nick Lewycky9ea8efa2014-06-23 22:57:51 +00004845 bool HasNonType = false;
4846 bool HasStaticMethod = false;
4847 bool HasNonStaticMethod = false;
4848 for (Decl *D : candidate) {
4849 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
4850 D = FTD->getTemplatedDecl();
4851 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
4852 if (Method->isStatic())
4853 HasStaticMethod = true;
4854 else
4855 HasNonStaticMethod = true;
4856 }
4857 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(D))
4858 HasNonType = true;
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004859 }
4860
Nick Lewycky9ea8efa2014-06-23 22:57:51 +00004861 if (IsAddressOfOperand && HasNonStaticMethod && !HasStaticMethod &&
4862 !candidate.getCorrectionSpecifier())
4863 return false;
4864
4865 return WantTypeSpecifiers || HasNonType;
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004866}
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004867
4868FunctionCallFilterCCC::FunctionCallFilterCCC(Sema &SemaRef, unsigned NumArgs,
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004869 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004870 MemberExpr *ME)
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004871 : NumArgs(NumArgs), HasExplicitTemplateArgs(HasExplicitTemplateArgs),
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004872 CurContext(SemaRef.CurContext), MemberFn(ME) {
Kaelyn Takatab04846b2014-07-28 18:14:02 +00004873 WantTypeSpecifiers = false;
4874 WantFunctionLikeCasts = SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NumArgs == 1;
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004875 WantRemainingKeywords = false;
4876}
4877
4878bool FunctionCallFilterCCC::ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
4879 if (!candidate.getCorrectionDecl())
4880 return candidate.isKeyword();
4881
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00004882 for (auto *C : candidate) {
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004883 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00004884 NamedDecl *ND = C->getUnderlyingDecl();
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004885 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
4886 FD = FTD->getTemplatedDecl();
4887 if (!HasExplicitTemplateArgs && !FD) {
4888 if (!(FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND)) && isa<ValueDecl>(ND)) {
4889 // If the Decl is neither a function nor a template function,
4890 // determine if it is a pointer or reference to a function. If so,
4891 // check against the number of arguments expected for the pointee.
4892 QualType ValType = cast<ValueDecl>(ND)->getType();
4893 if (ValType->isAnyPointerType() || ValType->isReferenceType())
4894 ValType = ValType->getPointeeType();
4895 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = ValType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Alp Toker9cacbab2014-01-20 20:26:09 +00004896 if (FPT->getNumParams() == NumArgs)
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004897 return true;
4898 }
4899 }
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004900
4901 // Skip the current candidate if it is not a FunctionDecl or does not accept
4902 // the current number of arguments.
4903 if (!FD || !(FD->getNumParams() >= NumArgs &&
4904 FD->getMinRequiredArguments() <= NumArgs))
4905 continue;
4906
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004907 // If the current candidate is a non-static C++ method, skip the candidate
4908 // unless the method being corrected--or the current DeclContext, if the
4909 // function being corrected is not a method--is a method in the same class
4910 // or a descendent class of the candidate's parent class.
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004911 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004912 if (MemberFn || !MD->isStatic()) {
4913 CXXMethodDecl *CurMD =
4914 MemberFn
4915 ? dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberFn->getMemberDecl())
4916 : dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext);
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004917 CXXRecordDecl *CurRD =
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004918 CurMD ? CurMD->getParent()->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr;
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004919 CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent()->getCanonicalDecl();
4920 if (!CurRD || (CurRD != RD && !CurRD->isDerivedFrom(RD)))
4921 continue;
4922 }
4923 }
4924 return true;
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004925 }
4926 return false;
4927}
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00004928
4929void Sema::diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
4930 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
4931 bool ErrorRecovery) {
4932 diagnoseTypo(Correction, TypoDiag, PDiag(diag::note_previous_decl),
4933 ErrorRecovery);
4934}
4935
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004936/// Find which declaration we should import to provide the definition of
4937/// the given declaration.
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004938static NamedDecl *getDefinitionToImport(NamedDecl *D) {
4939 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004940 return VD->getDefinition();
4941 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004942 return FD->isDefined(FD) ? const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(FD) : nullptr;
4943 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004944 return TD->getDefinition();
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004945 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004946 return ID->getDefinition();
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004947 if (ObjCProtocolDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004948 return PD->getDefinition();
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004949 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004950 return getDefinitionToImport(TD->getTemplatedDecl());
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004951 return nullptr;
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004952}
4953
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004954void Sema::diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Decl,
Richard Smith6739a102016-05-05 00:56:12 +00004955 MissingImportKind MIK, bool Recover) {
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004956 assert(!isVisible(Decl) && "missing import for non-hidden decl?");
4957
4958 // Suggest importing a module providing the definition of this entity, if
4959 // possible.
4960 NamedDecl *Def = getDefinitionToImport(Decl);
4961 if (!Def)
4962 Def = Decl;
4963
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004964 Module *Owner = getOwningModule(Decl);
4965 assert(Owner && "definition of hidden declaration is not in a module");
4966
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004967 llvm::SmallVector<Module*, 8> OwningModules;
4968 OwningModules.push_back(Owner);
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004969 auto Merged = Context.getModulesWithMergedDefinition(Decl);
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004970 OwningModules.insert(OwningModules.end(), Merged.begin(), Merged.end());
4971
Richard Smith6739a102016-05-05 00:56:12 +00004972 diagnoseMissingImport(Loc, Decl, Decl->getLocation(), OwningModules, MIK,
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004973 Recover);
4974}
4975
Richard Smith4eb83932016-04-27 21:57:05 +00004976/// \brief Get a "quoted.h" or <angled.h> include path to use in a diagnostic
4977/// suggesting the addition of a #include of the specified file.
4978static std::string getIncludeStringForHeader(Preprocessor &PP,
4979 const FileEntry *E) {
4980 bool IsSystem;
4981 auto Path =
4982 PP.getHeaderSearchInfo().suggestPathToFileForDiagnostics(E, &IsSystem);
4983 return (IsSystem ? '<' : '"') + Path + (IsSystem ? '>' : '"');
4984}
4985
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004986void Sema::diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation UseLoc, NamedDecl *Decl,
4987 SourceLocation DeclLoc,
4988 ArrayRef<Module *> Modules,
4989 MissingImportKind MIK, bool Recover) {
4990 assert(!Modules.empty());
4991
4992 if (Modules.size() > 1) {
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004993 std::string ModuleList;
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004994 unsigned N = 0;
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004995 for (Module *M : Modules) {
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004996 ModuleList += "\n ";
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004997 if (++N == 5 && N != Modules.size()) {
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004998 ModuleList += "[...]";
4999 break;
5000 }
5001 ModuleList += M->getFullModuleName();
5002 }
5003
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00005004 Diag(UseLoc, diag::err_module_unimported_use_multiple)
5005 << (int)MIK << Decl << ModuleList;
Richard Smith4eb83932016-04-27 21:57:05 +00005006 } else if (const FileEntry *E =
5007 PP.getModuleHeaderToIncludeForDiagnostics(UseLoc, DeclLoc)) {
5008 // The right way to make the declaration visible is to include a header;
5009 // suggest doing so.
5010 //
5011 // FIXME: Find a smart place to suggest inserting a #include, and add
5012 // a FixItHint there.
5013 Diag(UseLoc, diag::err_module_unimported_use_header)
5014 << (int)MIK << Decl << Modules[0]->getFullModuleName()
5015 << getIncludeStringForHeader(PP, E);
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00005016 } else {
Richard Smithacef17a2016-05-05 02:14:06 +00005017 // FIXME: Add a FixItHint that imports the corresponding module.
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00005018 Diag(UseLoc, diag::err_module_unimported_use)
5019 << (int)MIK << Decl << Modules[0]->getFullModuleName();
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00005020 }
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00005021
5022 unsigned DiagID;
5023 switch (MIK) {
5024 case MissingImportKind::Declaration:
5025 DiagID = diag::note_previous_declaration;
5026 break;
5027 case MissingImportKind::Definition:
5028 DiagID = diag::note_previous_definition;
5029 break;
5030 case MissingImportKind::DefaultArgument:
5031 DiagID = diag::note_default_argument_declared_here;
5032 break;
Richard Smith6739a102016-05-05 00:56:12 +00005033 case MissingImportKind::ExplicitSpecialization:
5034 DiagID = diag::note_explicit_specialization_declared_here;
5035 break;
5036 case MissingImportKind::PartialSpecialization:
5037 DiagID = diag::note_partial_specialization_declared_here;
5038 break;
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00005039 }
5040 Diag(DeclLoc, DiagID);
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00005041
5042 // Try to recover by implicitly importing this module.
5043 if (Recover)
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00005044 createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(UseLoc, Modules[0]);
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00005045}
5046
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00005047/// \brief Diagnose a successfully-corrected typo. Separated from the correction
5048/// itself to allow external validation of the result, etc.
5049///
5050/// \param Correction The result of performing typo correction.
5051/// \param TypoDiag The diagnostic to produce. This will have the corrected
5052/// string added to it (and usually also a fixit).
5053/// \param PrevNote A note to use when indicating the location of the entity to
5054/// which we are correcting. Will have the correction string added to it.
5055/// \param ErrorRecovery If \c true (the default), the caller is going to
5056/// recover from the typo as if the corrected string had been typed.
5057/// In this case, \c PDiag must be an error, and we will attach a fixit
5058/// to it.
5059void Sema::diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
5060 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
5061 const PartialDiagnostic &PrevNote,
5062 bool ErrorRecovery) {
5063 std::string CorrectedStr = Correction.getAsString(getLangOpts());
5064 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Correction.getQuoted(getLangOpts());
5065 FixItHint FixTypo = FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
5066 Correction.getCorrectionRange(), CorrectedStr);
5067
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00005068 // Maybe we're just missing a module import.
5069 if (Correction.requiresImport()) {
Richard Smithde6d6c42015-12-29 19:43:10 +00005070 NamedDecl *Decl = Correction.getFoundDecl();
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00005071 assert(Decl && "import required but no declaration to import");
5072
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00005073 diagnoseMissingImport(Correction.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(), Decl,
Richard Smith6739a102016-05-05 00:56:12 +00005074 MissingImportKind::Declaration, ErrorRecovery);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00005075 return;
5076 }
5077
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00005078 Diag(Correction.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(), TypoDiag)
5079 << CorrectedQuotedStr << (ErrorRecovery ? FixTypo : FixItHint());
5080
5081 NamedDecl *ChosenDecl =
Richard Smithde6d6c42015-12-29 19:43:10 +00005082 Correction.isKeyword() ? nullptr : Correction.getFoundDecl();
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00005083 if (PrevNote.getDiagID() && ChosenDecl)
5084 Diag(ChosenDecl->getLocation(), PrevNote)
5085 << CorrectedQuotedStr << (ErrorRecovery ? FixItHint() : FixTypo);
5086}
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00005087
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00005088TypoExpr *Sema::createDelayedTypo(std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> TCC,
5089 TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG,
5090 TypoRecoveryCallback TRC) {
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00005091 assert(TCC && "createDelayedTypo requires a valid TypoCorrectionConsumer");
5092 auto TE = new (Context) TypoExpr(Context.DependentTy);
5093 auto &State = DelayedTypos[TE];
5094 State.Consumer = std::move(TCC);
5095 State.DiagHandler = std::move(TDG);
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00005096 State.RecoveryHandler = std::move(TRC);
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00005097 return TE;
5098}
5099
5100const Sema::TypoExprState &Sema::getTypoExprState(TypoExpr *TE) const {
5101 auto Entry = DelayedTypos.find(TE);
5102 assert(Entry != DelayedTypos.end() &&
5103 "Failed to get the state for a TypoExpr!");
5104 return Entry->second;
5105}
5106
5107void Sema::clearDelayedTypo(TypoExpr *TE) {
5108 DelayedTypos.erase(TE);
5109}
Richard Smithba3a4f92016-01-12 21:59:26 +00005110
5111void Sema::ActOnPragmaDump(Scope *S, SourceLocation IILoc, IdentifierInfo *II) {
5112 DeclarationNameInfo Name(II, IILoc);
5113 LookupResult R(*this, Name, LookupAnyName, Sema::NotForRedeclaration);
5114 R.suppressDiagnostics();
5115 R.setHideTags(false);
5116 LookupName(R, S);
5117 R.dump();
5118}